Properly check default linker.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81
NC
105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 107
0285c67d 108Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 109under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
110or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
111with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
112Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 113section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
114
115@c man end
0e9517a9 116@end copying
252b5132
RH
117
118@titlepage
119@title Using @value{AS}
120@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
121@ifclear GENERIC
122@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
123@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
124@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
125@sp 1
126@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
128@sp 1
129@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
130@sp 1
131@sp 13
b45619c0 132The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 133Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 134first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
135The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
136distracting the boss while they got some work
137done.
138@sp 3
139@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
140@page
141@tex
142{\parskip=0pt
143\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
144\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
145}
146%"boxit" macro for figures:
147%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
148\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
149 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
150#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
151\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
152@end tex
153
154@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81
NC
155Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1562000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 157
cf055d54 158 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 159 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
160 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
161 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
162 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 163 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 164
252b5132 165@end titlepage
4ecceb71 166@contents
252b5132 167
2e64b665 168@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
169@node Top
170@top Using @value{AS}
171
e49e529d
JM
172This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
173@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
174@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
175@end ifset
176version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 177@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 178This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
179code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
180@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
181
182This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
183Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 184section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 185
252b5132
RH
186@menu
187* Overview:: Overview
188* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
189* Syntax:: Syntax
190* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
191* Symbols:: Symbols
192* Expressions:: Expressions
193* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
194@ifset ELF
195* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
197* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
198* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
199* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 200* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 201* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 202@end menu
2e64b665 203@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
204
205@node Overview
206@chapter Overview
207@iftex
a4fb0134 208This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 209@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 210This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
211code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
212@end ifclear
213@end iftex
214
215@cindex invocation summary
216@cindex option summary
217@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 218Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 219see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 220
0285c67d
NC
221@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
222
a4fb0134 223@ignore
0285c67d
NC
224@c man begin SEEALSO
225gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
226@c man end
a4fb0134 227@end ignore
0285c67d 228
252b5132
RH
229@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
230@c to be limited to one line for the header.
231@smallexample
0285c67d 232@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 233@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 234 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
b5593623 479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}]
87779176 480 [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}] [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596
JM
481@end ifset
482
3c9b82ba
NC
483@ifset Z80
484
485@emph{Target Z80 options:}
486 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
487 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
488 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
489 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
490 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
491 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
492 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
493@end ifset
494
a4fb0134
SC
495@ifset Z8000
496@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 497@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
498@ifset XTENSA
499
500@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 501 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 502 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 503 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 504 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 505@end ifset
0285c67d 506@c man end
252b5132
RH
507@end smallexample
508
0285c67d
NC
509@c man begin OPTIONS
510
a4fb0134 511@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 512@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 513
83f10cb2 514@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
515Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
516
a4fb0134 517@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
518@item -ac
519omit false conditionals
520
521@item -ad
522omit debugging directives
523
83f10cb2
NC
524@item -ag
525include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
526
252b5132
RH
527@item -ah
528include high-level source
529
530@item -al
531include assembly
532
533@item -am
534include macro expansions
535
536@item -an
537omit forms processing
538
539@item -as
540include symbols
541
542@item =file
543set the name of the listing file
544@end table
545
546You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
547listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
548the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
549
caa32fe5 550@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
551Begin in alternate macro mode.
552@ifclear man
553@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
554@end ifclear
caa32fe5 555
955974c6
CC
556@item --compress-debug-sections
557Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
558to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
559compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
560
561@item --nocompress-debug-sections
562Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
563
252b5132
RH
564@item -D
565Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
566other assemblers.
567
3d6b762c
JM
568@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
569When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
570information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
571
252b5132
RH
572@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
573Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
574@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
575indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
576value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
577use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
578
579@item -f
580``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
581compiler output).
582
329e276d
NC
583@item -g
584@itemx --gen-debug
585Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
586debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
587ECOFF or DWARF2.
588
252b5132
RH
589@item --gstabs
590Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
591may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
592
05da4302
NC
593@item --gstabs+
594Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
595extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
596debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
597may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
598the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
599
329e276d 600@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 601Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 602may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 603option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 604
252b5132
RH
605@item --help
606Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
607
ea20a7da
CC
608@item --target-help
609Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
610
252b5132
RH
611@item -I @var{dir}
612Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
613
614@item -J
615Don't warn about signed overflow.
616
617@item -K
618@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
619This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
620@end ifclear
621@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
622Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
623@end ifset
624
625@item -L
626@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
627Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
628system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
629or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
630@ifclear man
631@xref{Symbol Names}.
632@end ifclear
252b5132 633
c3a27914
NC
634@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
635Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
636listing to @var{number}.
637
638@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
639Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
640lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
641
642@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
643Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
644@var{number} bytes.
645
646@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
647Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
648to @var{number} + 1.
649
252b5132 650@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 651Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
652
653@item -R
654Fold the data section into the text section.
655
4bdd3565
NC
656@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
657Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
658@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
659assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
660memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
661requirements at the expense of speed.
662
663@item --reduce-memory-overheads
664This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
665assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
666@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
667
252b5132
RH
668@item --statistics
669Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
670assembly.
671
672@item --strip-local-absolute
673Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
674
675@item -v
676@itemx -version
a4fb0134 677Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
678
679@item --version
a4fb0134 680Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
681
682@item -W
2bdd6cf5 683@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
684Suppress warning messages.
685
2bdd6cf5
GK
686@item --fatal-warnings
687Treat warnings as errors.
688
689@item --warn
690Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
691
252b5132
RH
692@item -w
693Ignored.
694
695@item -x
696Ignored.
697
698@item -Z
699Generate an object file even after errors.
700
701@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
702Standard input, or source files to assemble.
703
704@end table
2a633939
JM
705@c man end
706
707@ifset ALPHA
708
709@ifclear man
710@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
711for an Alpha processor.
712@end ifclear
713
714@ifset man
715@c man begin OPTIONS
716The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
717processor.
718@c man end
719@c man begin INCLUDE
720@include c-alpha.texi
721@c ended inside the included file
722@end ifset
723
724@end ifset
252b5132 725
2a633939 726@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
727@ifset ARC
728The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
729an ARC processor.
730
a4fb0134 731@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
732@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
733This option selects the core processor variant.
734@item -EB | -EL
735Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
736@end table
737@end ifset
738
739@ifset ARM
740The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
741processor family.
742
a4fb0134 743@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 744@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 745Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 746@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 747Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 748@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 749Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
750@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
751Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
752@item -mthumb
753Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 754@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
755Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
756@item -EB | -EL
757Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
758@item -mthumb-interwork
759Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
760ARM code in mind.
761@item -k
762Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
763@end table
764@end ifset
765
9982501a
JZ
766@ifset Blackfin
767The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
768the Blackfin processor family.
769
770@table @gcctabopt
771@item -mcpu=@var{processor}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]}
772This option specifies the target processor. The optional @var{sirevision}
773is not used in assembler.
774@item -mfdpic
775Assemble for the FDPIC ABI.
1f9bb1ca
AS
776@item -mno-fdpic
777@itemx -mnopic
9982501a
JZ
778Disable -mfdpic.
779@end table
780@end ifset
781
328eb32e
HPN
782@ifset CRIS
783See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
784@end ifset
785
252b5132
RH
786@ifset D10V
787The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
788a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 789@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
790@cindex D10V optimization
791@cindex optimization, D10V
792@item -O
793Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
794@end table
795@end ifset
796
797@ifset D30V
798The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
799processor.
a4fb0134 800@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
801@cindex D30V optimization
802@cindex optimization, D30V
803@item -O
804Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
805
806@cindex D30V nops
807@item -n
808Warn when nops are generated.
809
810@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
811@item -N
812Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
813@end table
814@end ifset
731caf76
L
815@c man end
816
817@ifset I80386
252b5132 818
731caf76
L
819@ifclear man
820@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
821configured for an i386 processor.
822@end ifclear
823
824@ifset man
825@c man begin OPTIONS
826The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
827an i386 processor.
828@c man end
829@c man begin INCLUDE
830@include c-i386.texi
831@c ended inside the included file
832@end ifset
833
834@end ifset
835
836@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
837@ifset I960
838The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
839Intel 80960 processor.
840
a4fb0134 841@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
842@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
843Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
844
845@item -b
846Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
847
848@item -no-relax
849Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
850error if necessary.
851
852@end table
853@end ifset
854
a40cbfa3
NC
855@ifset IP2K
856The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 857Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
858
859@table @gcctabopt
860
861@item -mip2022ext
862Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
863
864@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 865Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
866just the basic IP2022 ones.
867
868@end table
869@end ifset
870
49f58d10
JB
871@ifset M32C
872The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
873Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
874
875@table @gcctabopt
876
877@item -m32c
878Assemble M32C instructions.
879
880@item -m16c
881Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
882
c54b5932
DD
883@item -relax
884Enable support for link-time relaxations.
885
886@item -h-tick-hex
887Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
888
49f58d10
JB
889@end table
890@end ifset
891
ec694b89
NC
892@ifset M32R
893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 894Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 895
a4fb0134 896@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
897
898@item --m32rx
899Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
900is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
901
902@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
903Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 904encountered.
ec694b89
NC
905
906@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
907Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
908encountered.
ec694b89
NC
909
910@end table
911@end ifset
252b5132
RH
912
913@ifset M680X0
914The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
915Motorola 68000 series.
916
a4fb0134 917@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
918
919@item -l
920Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
921
0285c67d
NC
922@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
923@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
924@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
925Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
926is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
927
928@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
929The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
930The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
931the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
932two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
933coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
934
935@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
936The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
937unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
938
939@end table
940@end ifset
941
e135f41b
NC
942@ifset PDP11
943
944For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
945see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
946
a4fb0134 947@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
948@item -mpic | -mno-pic
949Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 950default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
951
952@item -mall
953@itemx -mall-extensions
954Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
955
956@item -mno-extensions
957Disable all instruction set extensions.
958
959@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
960Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
961
962@item -m@var{cpu}
963Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
964disable all other extensions.
965
966@item -m@var{machine}
967Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
968model, and disable all other extensions.
969@end table
970
971@end ifset
972
041dd5a9
ILT
973@ifset PJ
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
975a picoJava processor.
976
a4fb0134 977@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
978
979@cindex PJ endianness
980@cindex endianness, PJ
981@cindex big endian output, PJ
982@item -mb
983Generate ``big endian'' format output.
984
985@cindex little endian output, PJ
986@item -ml
987Generate ``little endian'' format output.
988
989@end table
990@end ifset
991
60bcf0fa
NC
992@ifset M68HC11
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
994Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
995
a4fb0134 996@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 997
d01030e6 998@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
999Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1000defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1001
2f904664
SC
1002@item -mshort
1003Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1004
1005@item -mlong
01642c12 1006Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1007
1008@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1009Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1010
1011@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1012Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1013
1370e33d 1014@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1015Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1016conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1017sub routine.
1018
1370e33d
NC
1019@item -S | --short-branches
1020Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1021when the offset is out of range.
1022
1023@item --strict-direct-mode
1024Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1025when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1026
1027@item --print-insn-syntax
1028Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1029
1030@item --print-opcodes
1031print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1032
1033@item --generate-example
1034print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1035This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1036
1037@end table
1038@end ifset
1039
252b5132 1040@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1041The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1042for the SPARC architecture:
1043
a4fb0134 1044@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1045@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1046@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1047Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1048
1049@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1050@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1051
1052@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1053UltraSPARC extensions.
1054
1055@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1056For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1057equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1058
1059@item -bump
1060Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1061@end table
1062@end ifset
1063
39bec121
TW
1064@ifset TIC54X
1065The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1066architecture.
39bec121 1067
a4fb0134 1068@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1069@item -mfar-mode
1070Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1071extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1072@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1073Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1074@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1075Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1076behaviour in the shell.
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
1079
252b5132
RH
1080@ifset MIPS
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1082a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1083
a4fb0134 1084@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1085@item -G @var{num}
1086This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1087implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1088use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1089
1090@cindex MIPS endianness
1091@cindex endianness, MIPS
1092@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1093@item -EB
1094Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1095
1096@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1097@item -EL
1098Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1099
1100@cindex MIPS ISA
1101@item -mips1
1102@itemx -mips2
1103@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1104@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1105@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1106@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1107@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1108@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1109@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1110Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1111@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1112alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1113@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1114@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1115@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1116correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1117@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1118and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1119ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1120
1121@item -march=@var{CPU}
1122Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1123
1124@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1125Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1126
1127@item -mfix7000
1128@itemx -mno-fix7000
1129Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1130of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1131
ecb4347a
DJ
1132@item -mdebug
1133@itemx -no-mdebug
1134Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1135section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1136
dcd410fe
RO
1137@item -mpdr
1138@itemx -mno-pdr
1139Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1140
437ee9d5
TS
1141@item -mgp32
1142@itemx -mfp32
1143The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1144flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1145all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1146and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1147
1148@item -mips16
1149@itemx -no-mips16
1150Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1151@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1152turns off this option.
252b5132 1153
e16bfa71
TS
1154@item -msmartmips
1155@itemx -mno-smartmips
1156Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1157equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1158@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1159
1f25f5d3
CD
1160@item -mips3d
1161@itemx -no-mips3d
1162Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1163This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1164@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1165
deec1734
CD
1166@item -mdmx
1167@itemx -no-mdmx
1168Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1169This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1170@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1171
2ef2b9ae
CF
1172@item -mdsp
1173@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1174Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1175This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1176@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1177
8b082fb1
TS
1178@item -mdspr2
1179@itemx -mno-dspr2
1180Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1181This option implies -mdsp.
1182This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1183@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1184
ef2e4d86
CF
1185@item -mmt
1186@itemx -mno-mt
1187Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1188This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1189@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1190
437ee9d5
TS
1191@item --construct-floats
1192@itemx --no-construct-floats
1193The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1194double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1195value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1196the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1197selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1198
1199@cindex emulation
1200@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1201This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1202for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1203between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1204debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1205endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1206@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1207@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1208of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1209the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1210in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1211selection in any case.
1212
1213This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1214@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1215Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1216@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1217the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1218configuration includes support for both.
1219
1220Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1221fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1222more processors.
1223
1224@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1225@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1226the native tools.
1227
252b5132
RH
1228@item --trap
1229@itemx --no-trap
1230@itemx --break
1231@itemx --no-break
1232Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1233@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1234(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1235@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1236break exception.
63486801
L
1237
1238@item -n
a4fb0134 1239When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1240time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1241@end table
1242@end ifset
1243
1244@ifset MCORE
1245The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1246an MCore processor.
1247
a4fb0134 1248@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1249@item -jsri2bsr
1250@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1251Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1252The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1253
1254@item -sifilter
1255@itemx -nosifilter
1256Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1257The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1258
1259@item -relax
1260Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1261
ec694b89
NC
1262@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1263Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1264can be assembled.
1265
1266@item -EB
1267Assemble for a big endian target.
1268
1269@item -EL
1270Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1271
1272@end table
1273@end ifset
1274
3c3bdf30
NC
1275@ifset MMIX
1276See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1277@end ifset
1278
046d31c2
NC
1279@ifset RX
1280See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1281@end ifset
1282
11c19e16
MS
1283@ifset S390
1284The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1285processor family.
1286
1287@table @gcctabopt
1288@item -m31
1289@itemx -m64
1290Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1291@item -mesa
1292@item -mzarch
1293Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1294Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1295@item -march=@var{processor}
1296Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1297@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1298@item -mregnames
1299@itemx -mno-regnames
1300Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1301@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1302Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1303but evaluates to zero.
1304@end table
1305@end ifset
2a633939 1306@c man end
11c19e16 1307
40b36596 1308@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1309
1310@ifclear man
1311@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1312for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1313@end ifclear
1314
1315@ifset man
1316@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1317The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1318TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1319@c man end
1320@c man begin INCLUDE
1321@include c-tic6x.texi
1322@c ended inside the included file
1323@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1324
1325@end ifset
1326
2a633939 1327@c man begin OPTIONS
e0001a05
NC
1328@ifset XTENSA
1329The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1330an Xtensa processor.
1331
1332@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1333@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1334With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1335in the text section. The default is
1336@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1337separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1338referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1339absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1340
1341@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1342Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1343or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1344if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1345option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1346
1347@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1348Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1349expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1350
1351@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1352Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1353across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1354@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1355
1356@item --transform | --no-transform
1357Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1358The default is @option{--transform};
1359@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1360instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1361
1362@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1363When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1364@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1365@end table
1366@end ifset
1367
3c9b82ba
NC
1368@ifset Z80
1369The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1370a Z80 family processor.
1371@table @gcctabopt
1372@item -z80
1373Assemble for Z80 processor.
1374@item -r800
1375Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1376@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1377@itemx -Wnud
1378Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1379@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1380@itemx -Wnup
1381Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1382@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1383@itemx -Wud
1384Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1385@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1386@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1387Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1388@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1389@itemx -Fud
1390Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1391@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1392@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1393Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1394@end table
1395@end ifset
1396
0285c67d
NC
1397@c man end
1398
252b5132
RH
1399@menu
1400* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1401* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1402* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1403* Command Line:: Command Line
1404* Input Files:: Input Files
1405* Object:: Output (Object) File
1406* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1407@end menu
1408
1409@node Manual
1410@section Structure of this Manual
1411
1412@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1413This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1414@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1415notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1416@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1417
1418@ifclear GENERIC
1419We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1420configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1421@end ifclear
1422@ifset GENERIC
1423This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1424various flavors of the assembler.
1425@end ifset
1426
1427@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1428On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1429to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1430In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1431architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1432mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1433particular architecture.
1434@ifset GENERIC
1435You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1436machine architecture manual for this information.
1437@end ifset
1438@ifclear GENERIC
1439@ifset H8/300
1440For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1441Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1442Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1443@end ifset
252b5132 1444@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1445For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1446see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1447@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1448@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1449@end ifset
1450@ifset Z8000
1451For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1452@end ifset
1453@end ifclear
1454
1455@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1456@ignore
1457Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1458the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1459Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1460computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1461once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1462qualification.
1463
a4fb0134 1464@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1465human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1466computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1467@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1468@end ignore
1469
1470@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1471@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1472@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1473@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1474@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1475@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1476@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1477@c directives).
1478
1479@node GNU Assembler
1480@section The GNU Assembler
1481
0285c67d
NC
1482@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1483
a4fb0134 1484@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1485@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1486This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1487configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1488@end ifclear
1489If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1490should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1491architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1492including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1493@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1494
1495@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1496@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1497@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1498@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1499assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1500machine would assemble.
1501@ifset VAX
1502Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1503@end ifset
1504@ifset M680X0
1505@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1506@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1507This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1508assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1509incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1510@end ifset
1511
0285c67d
NC
1512@c man end
1513
a4fb0134 1514Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1515program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1516@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1517
1518@node Object Formats
1519@section Object File Formats
1520
1521@cindex object file format
1522The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1523object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1524write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1525are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1526Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1527@ifclear GENERIC
1528@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1529For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1530@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1531@end ifclear
1532@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1533@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1534On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1535@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1536@end ifset
1537@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1538On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1539SOM or ELF format object files.
1540@end ifset
1541@end ifclear
1542
1543@node Command Line
1544@section Command Line
1545
1546@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1547
a4fb0134 1548After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1549options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1550before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1551significant.
1552
1553@cindex standard input, as input file
1554@kindex --
1555@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1556explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1557
1558@cindex options, command line
1559Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1560hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1561@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1562option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1563the letter is important. All options are optional.
1564
1565Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1566name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1567with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1568standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1569
1570@smallexample
1571@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1572@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1573@end smallexample
1574
1575@node Input Files
1576@section Input Files
1577
1578@cindex input
1579@cindex source program
1580@cindex files, input
1581We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1582describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1583be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1584doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1585
1586@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1587@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1588The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1589order specified.
1590
0285c67d 1591@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1592Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1593program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1594(The standard input is also a file.)
1595
a4fb0134 1596You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1597names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1598command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1599is taken to be an input file name.
1600
a4fb0134
SC
1601If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1602from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1603may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1604to assemble.
1605
1606Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1607in your command line.
1608
a4fb0134 1609If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1610file.
1611
0285c67d
NC
1612@c man end
1613
252b5132
RH
1614@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1615
1616@cindex input file linenumbers
1617@cindex line numbers, in input files
1618There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1619either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1620number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1621``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1622
1623@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1624to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1625
1626@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1627directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1628error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1629is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1630@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1631@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1632
1633@node Object
1634@section Output (Object) File
1635
1636@cindex object file
1637@cindex output file
1638@kindex a.out
1639@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1640Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1641your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1642is the object file. Its default name is
1643@ifclear BOUT
1644@code{a.out}.
1645@end ifclear
1646@ifset BOUT
1647@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1648@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1649@end ifset
a4fb0134 1650@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1651@end ifset
a4fb0134 1652You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1653object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1654reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1655directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1656possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1657
1658@cindex linker
1659@kindex ld
1660The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1661assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1662the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1663information for the debugger.
1664
1665@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1666@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1667
1668@node Errors
1669@section Error and Warning Messages
1670
0285c67d
NC
1671@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1672
a349d9dd 1673@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1674@cindex warning messages
1675@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1676@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1677file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1678runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1679that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1680grave problem that stops the assembly.
1681
0285c67d
NC
1682@c man end
1683
252b5132
RH
1684@cindex format of warning messages
1685Warning messages have the format
1686
1687@smallexample
1688file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1689@end smallexample
1690
1691@noindent
1692@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1693(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1694(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1695the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1696@ifset GENERIC
1697(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1698@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1699then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1700otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1701message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1702tradition).
1703
1704@cindex format of error messages
1705Error messages have the format
1706@smallexample
1707file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1708@end smallexample
1709The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1710messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1711because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1712
1713@node Invoking
1714@chapter Command-Line Options
1715
1716@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1717This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1718versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1719for options specific
252b5132 1720@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1721to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1722@end ifclear
1723@ifset GENERIC
1724to particular machine architectures.
1725@end ifset
1726
0285c67d
NC
1727@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1728
c1253627 1729If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1730you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1731The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1732by commas. For example:
1733
1734@smallexample
1735gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1736@end smallexample
1737
1738@noindent
1739This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1740standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1741local symbols in the symbol table).
1742
1743Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1744command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1745(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1746precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1747assembler.)
1748
0285c67d
NC
1749@c man end
1750
252b5132 1751@menu
83f10cb2 1752* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1753* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1754* D:: -D for compatibility
1755* f:: -f to work faster
1756* I:: -I for .include search path
1757@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1758* K:: -K for compatibility
1759@end ifclear
1760@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1761* K:: -K for difference tables
1762@end ifset
1763
ba83aca1 1764* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1765* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1766* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1767* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1768* o:: -o to name the object file
1769* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1770* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1771* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1772* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1773* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1774* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1775@end menu
1776
1777@node a
83f10cb2 1778@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1779
1780@kindex -a
1781@kindex -ac
1782@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1783@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1784@kindex -ah
1785@kindex -al
1786@kindex -an
1787@kindex -as
1788@cindex listings, enabling
1789@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1790
1791These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1792@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1793You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1794@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1795@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1796@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1797High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1798@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1799also.
1800
83f10cb2
NC
1801Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1802information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1803
252b5132
RH
1804Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1805which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1806other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1807omitted from the listing.
1808
1809Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1810listing.
1811
1812Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1813listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1814@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1815@code{.sbttl}.
1816The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1817If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1818listing-control directives have no effect.
1819
1820The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1821@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1822
96e9638b
BW
1823Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1824because it
c3a27914
NC
1825is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1826is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1827directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1828stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1829memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1830
caa32fe5
NC
1831@node alternate
1832@section @option{--alternate}
1833
1834@kindex --alternate
1835Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1836
252b5132 1837@node D
a4fb0134 1838@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1839
1840@kindex -D
1841This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1842likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1843@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1844
1845@node f
a4fb0134 1846@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1847
1848@kindex -f
1849@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1850@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1851@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1852(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1853and comment preprocessing on
1854the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1855,Preprocessing}.
1856
1857@quotation
1858@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1859preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1860not work correctly.
1861@end quotation
1862
1863@node I
c1253627 1864@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1865
1866@kindex -I @var{path}
1867@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1868@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1869@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1870Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1871@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1872directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1873many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1874working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1875searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1876specified (left to right) on the command line.
1877
1878@node K
a4fb0134 1879@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1880
1881@kindex -K
1882@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1883On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1884permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1885where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1886generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1887family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1888alteration on other platforms.
1889@end ifclear
1890
1891@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1892@cindex difference tables, warning
1893@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1894@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1895form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1896You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1897is done.
1898@end ifset
1899
1900@node L
ba83aca1 1901@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1902
1903@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1904@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1905Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1906@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1907called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1908such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1909programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1910notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1911such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1912
1913This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1914in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1915@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1916
c3a27914 1917@node listing
a4fb0134 1918@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1919
1920The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1921@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1922hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1923them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1924directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1925@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1926@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1927@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1928
a4fb0134 1929@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1930@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1931@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1932@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1933Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1934dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1935
1936@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1937@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1938@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1939Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1940a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1941the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1942switch is used the default is to one.
1943
1944@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1945@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1946@cindex Width of source line output
1947Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1948alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1949source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1950
1951@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1952@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1953@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1954Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1955displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1956@end table
1957
252b5132 1958@node M
a4fb0134 1959@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1960
1961@kindex -M
1962@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1963The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1964changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1965compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1966configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1967MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1968information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1969arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1970assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1971
1972The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1973depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1974file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1975individually. These are:
1976
1977@itemize @bullet
1978@item global symbols in common section
1979
1980The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1981Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1982common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1983symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1984symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1985
1986@item complex relocations
1987
1988The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1989relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1990are not support by other object file formats.
1991
1992@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1993
1994The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1995This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1996instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1997script.
1998
1999@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2000
2001The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2002name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2003
2004@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2005
2006The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2007address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2008which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2009not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2010assigned within a linker script.
2011@end itemize
2012
2013There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2014@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2015seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2016
2017@itemize @bullet
2018
2019@item EBCDIC strings
2020
2021EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2022
2023@item packed binary coded decimal
2024
2025Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2026and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2027
2028@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2029
2030The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2031
2032@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2033
2034The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2035
2036@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2037
2038The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2039@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2040relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2041these options serve no purpose.
2042
2043@item @code{OPT} list control options
2044
2045The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2046@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2047@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2048
2049@item other @code{OPT} options
2050
2051The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2052@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2053
2054@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2055
2056The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2057@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2058
2059@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2060
2061The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2062
2063@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2064
2065The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2066
2067@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2068
2069The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2070
2071@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2072
2073The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2074
2075@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2076
2077The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2078
2079@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2080
2081The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2082
2083@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2084
2085The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2086
2087@end itemize
2088
2089@node MD
c1253627 2090@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2091
2092@kindex --MD
2093@cindex dependency tracking
2094@cindex make rules
2095
a4fb0134 2096@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2097file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2098dependencies of the main source file.
2099
2100The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2101
2102This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2103
2104@node o
a4fb0134 2105@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2106
2107@kindex -o
2108@cindex naming object file
2109@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2110There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2111default it has the name
2112@ifset GENERIC
2113@ifset I960
2114@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2115@end ifset
2116@ifclear I960
2117@file{a.out}.
2118@end ifclear
2119@end ifset
2120@ifclear GENERIC
2121@ifset I960
2122@file{b.out}.
2123@end ifset
2124@ifclear I960
2125@file{a.out}.
2126@end ifclear
2127@end ifclear
2128You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2129object file a different name.
2130
a4fb0134 2131Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2132existing file of the same name.
2133
2134@node R
a4fb0134 2135@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2136
2137@kindex -R
2138@cindex data and text sections, joining
2139@cindex text and data sections, joining
2140@cindex joining text and data sections
2141@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2142@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2143data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2144the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2145section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2146your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2147appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2148
a4fb0134 2149When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2150address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2151data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2152older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2153
c1253627
NC
2154@ifset COFF-ELF
2155When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2156this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2157@samp{.data}.
2158@end ifset
2159
2160@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2161@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2162@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2163@end ifset
2164
2165@node statistics
a4fb0134 2166@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2167
2168@kindex --statistics
2169@cindex statistics, about assembly
2170@cindex time, total for assembly
2171@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2172Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2173@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2174(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2175seconds).
2176
2177@node traditional-format
c1253627 2178@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2179
2180@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2181For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2182from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2183@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2184
2185For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2186@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2187
2188@node v
a4fb0134 2189@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2190
2191@kindex -v
2192@kindex -version
2193@cindex assembler version
2194@cindex version of assembler
2195You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2196option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2197command line.
2198
2199@node W
a4fb0134 2200@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2201
a4fb0134 2202@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2203assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2204cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2205made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2206
c1253627
NC
2207@kindex -W
2208@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2209@cindex suppressing warnings
2210@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2211If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2212This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2213how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2214are still reported.
2215
c1253627 2216@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2217@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2218@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2219If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2220files that generate warnings to be in error.
2221
c1253627 2222@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2223@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2224You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2225causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2226
2227@node Z
a4fb0134 2228@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2229@cindex object file, after errors
2230@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2231After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2232some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2233@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2234option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2235writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2236errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2237
2238@node Syntax
2239@chapter Syntax
2240
2241@cindex machine-independent syntax
2242@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2243This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2244source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2245assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2246@ifclear VAX
2247assembler.
2248@end ifclear
2249@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2250assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2251@end ifset
2252
2253@menu
2254* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2255* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2256* Comments:: Comments
2257* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2258* Statements:: Statements
2259* Constants:: Constants
2260@end menu
2261
2262@node Preprocessing
2263@section Preprocessing
2264
2265@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2266The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2267@itemize @bullet
2268@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2269@item
2270adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2271the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2272a single space.
2273
2274@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2275@item
2276removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2277appropriate number of newlines.
2278
2279@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2280@item
2281converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2282@end itemize
2283
2284It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2285anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2286do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2287(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2288to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2289@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2290Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2291
2292Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2293cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2294preprocessed.
2295
2296@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2297@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2298@kindex #NO_APP
2299@kindex #APP
2300If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2301@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2302Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2303specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2304text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2305@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2306@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2307and whitespace.
2308
2309@node Whitespace
2310@section Whitespace
2311
2312@cindex whitespace
2313@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2314Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2315people to read. Unless within character constants
2316(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2317as exactly one space.
2318
2319@node Comments
2320@section Comments
2321
2322@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2323There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2324cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2325
2326Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2327This means you may not nest these comments.
2328
2329@smallexample
2330/*
2331 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2332 is to use this sort of comment.
2333*/
2334
2335/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2336@end smallexample
2337
2338@cindex line comment character
2339Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2340is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2341@ifset ARC
2342@samp{;} on the ARC;
2343@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2344@ifset ARM
2345@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2346@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2347@ifset H8/300
2348@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2349@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2350@ifset HPPA
2351@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2352@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2353@ifset I80386
2354@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2355@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2356@ifset I960
2357@samp{#} on the i960;
2358@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2359@ifset PDP11
2360@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2361@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2362@ifset PJ
2363@samp{;} for picoJava;
2364@end ifset
418c1742 2365@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2366@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2367@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2368@ifset S390
2369@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2370@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2371@ifset SCORE
2372@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2373@end ifset
252b5132 2374@ifset SH
ef230218 2375@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2376@end ifset
2377@ifset SPARC
2378@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2379@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2380@ifset IP2K
2381@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2383@ifset M32C
2384@samp{#} on the m32c;
2385@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2386@ifset M32R
2387@samp{#} on the m32r;
2388@end ifset
2389@ifset M680X0
2390@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2391@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2392@ifset M68HC11
2393@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2394@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2395@ifset RX
2396@samp{#} on the RX;
2397@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2398@ifset TIC6X
2399@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2400@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2401@ifset VAX
2402@samp{#} on the Vax;
2403@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2404@ifset Z80
2405@samp{;} for the Z80;
2406@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2407@ifset Z8000
2408@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2409@end ifset
2410@ifset V850
2411@samp{#} on the V850;
2412@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2413@ifset XTENSA
2414@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2415@end ifset
252b5132 2416see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2417@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2418
2419@ifset GENERIC
2420On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2421character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2422a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2423@end ifset
2424
2425@ifset V850
2426The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2427extends to the end of the line.
2428
2429@samp{--};
2430@end ifset
2431
2432@kindex #
2433@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2434@cindex logical line numbers
2435To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2436special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2437expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2438line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2439new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2440
2441If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2442the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2443
2444@smallexample
2445 # This is an ordinary comment.
2446# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2447 # This is logical line # 36.
2448@end smallexample
2449This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2450of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2451
2452@node Symbol Intro
2453@section Symbols
2454
2455@cindex characters used in symbols
2456@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2457A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2458letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2459@samp{_.$}.
2460@end ifclear
2461@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2462@ifclear GENERIC
2463@ifset H8
2464A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2465letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2466@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2467symbol names.)
2468@end ifset
2469@end ifclear
2470@end ifset
2471@ifset GENERIC
2472On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2473are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2474@end ifset
2475No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2476There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2477delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2478(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2479not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2480@cindex length of symbols
2481
2482@node Statements
2483@section Statements
2484
2485@cindex statements, structure of
2486@cindex line separator character
2487@cindex statement separator character
2488@ifclear GENERIC
2489@ifclear abnormal-separator
2490A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2491semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2492the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2493constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2494@end ifclear
2495@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132 2496@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2497A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
252b5132
RH
2498point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2499preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2500constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2501@end ifset
2502@ifset H8
2503A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2504H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2505(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2506the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2507constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2508@end ifset
2509@end ifset
2510@end ifclear
2511@ifset GENERIC
2512A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2513separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2514conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2515newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2516statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2517exception: they do not end statements.
2518@end ifset
2519
2520@cindex newline, required at file end
2521@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2522It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2523character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2524
2525An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2526
2527@cindex instructions and directives
2528@cindex directives and instructions
2529@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2530@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2531@c 13feb91.
2532A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2533key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2534symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2535symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2536directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2537a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2538assembles into a machine language instruction.
2539@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2540Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2541recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2542represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2543language.@refill
2544@end ifset
2545
2546@cindex @code{:} (label)
2547@cindex label (@code{:})
2548A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2549Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2550have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2551
2552@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2553For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2554the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2555only one label may be defined on each line.
2556@end ifset
2557
2558@smallexample
2559label: .directive followed by something
2560another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2561 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2562@end smallexample
2563
2564@node Constants
2565@section Constants
2566
2567@cindex constants
2568A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2569inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2570@smallexample
2571@group
2572.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2573.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2574.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2575.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
257695028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2577@end group
2578@end smallexample
2579
2580@menu
2581* Characters:: Character Constants
2582* Numbers:: Number Constants
2583@end menu
2584
2585@node Characters
2586@subsection Character Constants
2587
2588@cindex character constants
2589@cindex constants, character
2590There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2591for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2592numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2593@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2594used in arithmetic expressions.
2595
2596@menu
2597* Strings:: Strings
2598* Chars:: Characters
2599@end menu
2600
2601@node Strings
2602@subsubsection Strings
2603
2604@cindex string constants
2605@cindex constants, string
2606A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2607double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2608into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2609a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2610one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2611@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2612(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2613escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2614
2615@cindex escape codes, character
2616@cindex character escape codes
2617@table @kbd
2618@c @item \a
2619@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2620@c
2621@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2622@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2623@item \b
2624Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2625
2626@c @item \e
2627@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2628@c
2629@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2630@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2631@item \f
2632Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2633
2634@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2635@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2636@item \n
2637Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2638
2639@c @item \p
2640@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2641@c
2642@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2643@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2644@item \r
2645Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2646
2647@c @item \s
2648@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2649@c other assemblers.
2650@c
2651@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2652@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2653@item \t
2654Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2655
2656@c @item \v
2657@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2658@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2659@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2660@c
2661@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2662@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2663@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2664An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2665For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2666for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2667
2668@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2669@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2670@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2671A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2672lower case @code{x} works.
2673
2674@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2675@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2676@item \\
2677Represents one @samp{\} character.
2678
2679@c @item \'
2680@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2681@c This is needed in single character literals
2682@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2683@c a @samp{'}.
2684@c
2685@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2686@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2687@item \"
2688Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2689this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2690
2691@item \ @var{anything-else}
2692Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2693assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2694you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2695interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2696other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2697code and warns you of the fact.
2698@end table
2699
2700Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2701varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2702the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2703compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2704sequence.
2705
2706@node Chars
2707@subsubsection Characters
2708
2709@cindex single character constant
2710@cindex character, single
2711@cindex constant, single character
2712A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2713followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2714to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2715must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2716@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2717grave accent. A newline
2718@ifclear GENERIC
2719@ifclear abnormal-separator
2720(or semicolon @samp{;})
2721@end ifclear
2722@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2723@ifset H8
2724(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2725Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2726@end ifset
2727@end ifset
2728@end ifclear
2729immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2730and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2731constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2732that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2733@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2734
2735@node Numbers
2736@subsection Number Constants
2737
2738@cindex constants, number
2739@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2740@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2741are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2742would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2743integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2744are floating point numbers, described below.
2745
2746@menu
2747* Integers:: Integers
2748* Bignums:: Bignums
2749* Flonums:: Flonums
2750@ifclear GENERIC
2751@ifset I960
2752* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2753@end ifset
2754@end ifclear
2755@end menu
2756
2757@node Integers
2758@subsubsection Integers
2759@cindex integers
2760@cindex constants, integer
2761
2762@cindex binary integers
2763@cindex integers, binary
2764A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2765the binary digits @samp{01}.
2766
2767@cindex octal integers
2768@cindex integers, octal
2769An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2770digits (@samp{01234567}).
2771
2772@cindex decimal integers
2773@cindex integers, decimal
2774A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2775more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2776
2777@cindex hexadecimal integers
2778@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2779A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2780more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2781
2782Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2783the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2784(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2785
2786@node Bignums
2787@subsubsection Bignums
2788
2789@cindex bignums
2790@cindex constants, bignum
2791A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2792except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2793represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2794integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2795
2796@node Flonums
2797@subsubsection Flonums
2798@cindex flonums
2799@cindex floating point numbers
2800@cindex constants, floating point
2801
2802@cindex precision, floating point
2803A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2804indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2805@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2806sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2807to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2808portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2809
2810A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2811@itemize @bullet
2812@item
2813The digit @samp{0}.
2814@ifset HPPA
2815(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2816@end ifset
2817
2818@item
a4fb0134 2819A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2820@ifset GENERIC
2821@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2822@ignore
2823@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2824(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28254.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2826@end ignore
2827
7be1c489 2828On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2829and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2830one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2831
2832On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2833(in upper or lower case).
2834
2835On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2836one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2837
2838On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2839@end ifset
2840@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2841@ifset ARC
2842One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2843@end ifset
2844@ifset H8
2845One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2846@end ifset
2847@ifset HPPA
2848The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2849@end ifset
2850@ifset I960
2851One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2852@end ifset
2853@end ifclear
2854
2855@item
2856An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2857
2858@item
2859An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2860
2861@item
2862An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2863or more decimal digits.
2864
2865@item
2866An optional exponent, consisting of:
2867
2868@itemize @bullet
2869@item
2870An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2871@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2872@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2873@item
2874Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2875@item
2876One or more decimal digits.
2877@end itemize
2878
2879@end itemize
2880
2881At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2882present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2883
a4fb0134 2884@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2885independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2886@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2887
2888@ifclear GENERIC
2889@ifset I960
2890@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2891@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2892@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2893@node Bit Fields
2894@subsubsection Bit Fields
2895
2896@cindex bit fields
2897@cindex constants, bit field
2898You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2899Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2900@example
2901@var{mask}:@var{value}
2902@end example
2903@noindent
a4fb0134 2904@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2905@var{value}.
2906
2907The resulting number is then packed
2908@ifset GENERIC
2909@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2910(in host-dependent byte order)
2911@end ifset
2912into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2913bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2914requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2915more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2916least significant digits.@refill
2917
2918The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2919@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2920@end ifset
2921@end ifclear
2922
2923@node Sections
2924@chapter Sections and Relocation
2925@cindex sections
2926@cindex relocation
2927
2928@menu
2929* Secs Background:: Background
2930* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2931* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2932* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2933* bss:: bss Section
2934@end menu
2935
2936@node Secs Background
2937@section Background
2938
2939Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2940``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2941For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2942
2943@cindex linker, and assembler
2944@cindex assembler, and linker
2945The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2946combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2947emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2948@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2949different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2950oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2951sections.
2952
2953@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2954addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2955units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2956within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2957run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2958the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2959the proper run-time addresses.
2960@ifset H8
7be1c489 2961For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2962@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2963ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2964@end ifset
2965
2966@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2967An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2968of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2969@dfn{bss} sections.
2970
c1253627 2971@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2972@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2973When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2974@end ifset
a4fb0134 2975@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2976using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2977If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2978or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2979@end ifset
2980
2981@ifset HPPA
2982@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2983When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2984@end ifset
a4fb0134 2985@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2986specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2987@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2988(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2989assembler directives.
2990
2991@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2992Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2993text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2994is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2995BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2996@end ifset
2997@end ifset
2998
2999Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3000data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3001
3002@ifset HPPA
3003When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3004section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3005@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3006@end ifset
3007
3008To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3009relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3010object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3011@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3012file is mentioned:
3013@itemize @bullet
3014@item
3015Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3016an address?
3017@item
3018How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3019@item
3020Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3021@display
3022(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3023@end display
3024@item
3025Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3026@end itemize
3027
3028@cindex addresses, format of
3029@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3030In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3031@display
3032(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3033@end display
3034@noindent
a4fb0134 3035Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3036nature.
3037@ifset SOM
3038(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3039symbol-relative instead.)
3040@end ifset
3041
3042In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3043@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3044
3045Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3046@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3047addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3048@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3049@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3050data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3051their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3052part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3053address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3054
3055The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3056address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3057rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3058Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3059address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3060common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3061time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3062
3063By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3064the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3065sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3066customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3067the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3068data and bss sections.
3069
3070Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3071use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3072
3073@node Ld Sections
3074@section Linker Sections
3075@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3076
3077@table @strong
3078
c1253627 3079@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3080@cindex named sections
3081@cindex sections, named
3082@item named sections
3083@end ifset
3084@ifset aout-bout
3085@cindex text section
3086@cindex data section
3087@itemx text section
3088@itemx data section
3089@end ifset
a4fb0134 3090These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3091separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3092true of another.
3093@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3094When the program is running, however, it is
3095customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3096text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3097instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3098program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3099in the data section.
c1253627 3100@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3101
3102@cindex bss section
3103@item bss section
3104This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3105is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3106each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3107out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3108bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3109those explicit zeros from object files.
3110
3111@cindex absolute section
3112@item absolute section
3113Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3114This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3115not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3116addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3117
3118@cindex undefined section
3119@item undefined section
3120This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3121the preceding sections.
3122@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3123@end table
3124
3125@cindex relocation example
3126An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3127@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3128The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3129@end ifset
3130Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3131
3132@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3133@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3134@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3135@smallexample
3136 +-----+----+--+
3137partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3138 +-----+----+--+
3139
3140 text data bss
3141 seg. seg. seg.
3142
3143 +---+---+---+
3144partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3145 +---+---+---+
3146
3147 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3148linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3149 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3150
3151 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3152@end smallexample
3153@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3154@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3155@need 5000
3156@tex
c1253627 3157\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3158\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3159\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3160\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3161
3162\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3163\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3164\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3165
3166\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3167\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3168\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3169ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3170DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3171
3172\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3173\line{0\dots\hfil}
3174
3175@end tex
3176@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3177
3178@node As Sections
3179@section Assembler Internal Sections
3180
3181@cindex internal assembler sections
3182@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3183These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3184have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3185sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3186warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3187meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3188value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3189section-relative address.
3190
3191@table @b
3192@cindex assembler internal logic error
3193@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3194An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3195bug in the assembler.
3196
3197@cindex expr (internal section)
3198@item expr section
3199The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3200symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3201it in the expr section.
3202@c FIXME item debug
3203@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3204@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3205@c FIXME item register
3206@end table
3207
3208@node Sub-Sections
3209@section Sub-Sections
3210
3211@cindex numbered subsections
3212@cindex grouping data
3213@ifset aout-bout
3214Assembled bytes
c1253627 3215@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3216conventionally
3217@end ifset
3218fall into two sections: text and data.
3219@end ifset
3220You may have separate groups of
3221@ifset GENERIC
3222data in named sections
3223@end ifset
3224@ifclear GENERIC
3225@ifclear aout-bout
3226data in named sections
3227@end ifclear
3228@ifset aout-bout
3229text or data
3230@end ifset
3231@end ifclear
3232that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3233are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3234use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3235numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3236same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3237subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3238section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3239assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3240section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3241constants being output.
3242
3243Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3244goes in subsection number zero.
3245
3246@ifset GENERIC
3247Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3248(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3249of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3250@end ifset
3251@ifclear GENERIC
3252@ifset H8
7be1c489 3253On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3254boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3255The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3256@end ifset
3257@ifset I960
3258@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3259@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3260@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3261@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3262@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3263@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3264@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3265@end ifclear
3266
3267Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3268to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3269The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3270other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3271They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3272data subsections as a data section.
3273
3274To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3275into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3276@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3277@ifset COFF
252b5132 3278@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3279When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3280@end ifset
3281@ifclear GENERIC
3282You
3283@end ifclear
3284can also use an extra subsection
3285argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3286@var{expression}}.
3287@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3288@ifset ELF
3289@ifset GENERIC
3290When generating ELF output, you
3291@end ifset
3292@ifclear GENERIC
3293You
3294@end ifclear
3295can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3296to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3297@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3298@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3299(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3300is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3301begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3302@smallexample
3303.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3304.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3305.text 1
3306.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3307.data 0
3308.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3309.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3310.text 0
3311.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3312.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3313@end smallexample
3314
3315Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3316assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3317restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3318counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3319@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3320current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3321assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3322
3323@node bss
3324@section bss Section
3325
3326@cindex bss section
3327@cindex common variable storage
3328The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3329You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3330not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3331your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3332section are zeroed bytes.
3333
3334The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3335@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3336
3337The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3338another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3339
3340@ifset GENERIC
3341When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3342COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3343see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3344section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3345@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3346@end ifset
3347
3348@node Symbols
3349@chapter Symbols
3350
3351@cindex symbols
3352Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3353things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3354to debug.
3355
3356@quotation
3357@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3358@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3359the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3360@end quotation
3361
3362@menu
3363* Labels:: Labels
3364* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3365* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3366* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3367* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3368@end menu
3369
3370@node Labels
3371@section Labels
3372
3373@cindex labels
3374A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3375@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3376active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3377operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3378different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3379definitions.
3380
3381@ifset HPPA
3382On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3383colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3384a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3385provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3386@end ifset
3387
3388@node Setting Symbols
3389@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3390
3391@cindex assigning values to symbols
3392@cindex symbol values, assigning
3393A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3394by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3395(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3396directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3397equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3398@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3399
f8739b83
JZ
3400@ifset Blackfin
3401Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3402@end ifset
3403
252b5132
RH
3404@node Symbol Names
3405@section Symbol Names
3406
3407@cindex symbol names
3408@cindex names, symbol
3409@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3410Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3411machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3412noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3413string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3414particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3415@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3416@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3417@ifset H8
3418Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3419Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3420character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3421on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3422@end ifset
3423@end ifset
3424
3425Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3426than @code{Foo}.
3427
3428Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3429refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3430in a program.
3431
3432@subheading Local Symbol Names
3433
3434@cindex local symbol names
3435@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3436A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3437By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3438@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3439set of local label prefixes.
3440@ifset HPPA
3441On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3442@end ifset
3443
3444Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3445normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3446You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3447@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3448
3449@subheading Local Labels
3450
3451@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3452@cindex temporary symbol names
3453@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3454Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3455They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3456the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3457To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3458represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3459definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3460you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3461@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3462for ``forwards''.
3463
3464There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3465too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3466the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3467defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3468definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3469noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3470implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3471
3472Here is an example:
3473
3474@smallexample
34751: branch 1f
34762: branch 1b
34771: branch 2f
34782: branch 1b
3479@end smallexample
3480
3481Which is the equivalent of:
3482
3483@smallexample
3484label_1: branch label_3
3485label_2: branch label_1
3486label_3: branch label_4
3487label_4: branch label_3
3488@end smallexample
3489
ba83aca1 3490Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3491transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3492The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3493are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3494these parts:
252b5132
RH
3495
3496@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3497@item @emph{local label prefix}
3498All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3499Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3500that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3501used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3502@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3503object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3504you may use them in debugging.
3505
2d5aaba0
NC
3506@item @var{number}
3507This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3508label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3509
2d5aaba0
NC
3510@item @kbd{C-B}
3511This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3512of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3513
3514@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3515This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3516@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3517number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3518the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3519@end table
3520
ba83aca1
BW
3521So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3522the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3523
3524@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3525@cindex dollar local symbols
3526
3527@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3528dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3529soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3530region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3531scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3532the same local label.
3533
3534Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3535except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3536@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3537
3538They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3539names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3540to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3541@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3542
3543@node Dot
3544@section The Special Dot Symbol
3545
3546@cindex dot (symbol)
3547@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3548@cindex current address
3549@cindex location counter
3550The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3551@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3552.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3553Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3554directive.
252b5132 3555@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3556Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3557@samp{.space 4}.
3558@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3559
3560@node Symbol Attributes
3561@section Symbol Attributes
3562
3563@cindex symbol attributes
3564@cindex attributes, symbol
3565Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3566``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3567attributes.
3568@ifset INTERNALS
3569The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3570@end ifset
3571
a4fb0134 3572If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3573all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3574symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3575would want.
3576
3577@menu
3578* Symbol Value:: Value
3579* Symbol Type:: Type
3580@ifset aout-bout
3581@ifset GENERIC
3582* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3583@end ifset
3584@ifclear GENERIC
3585@ifclear BOUT
3586* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3587@end ifclear
3588@ifset BOUT
3589* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3590@end ifset
3591@end ifclear
3592@end ifset
3593@ifset COFF
3594* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3595@end ifset
3596@ifset SOM
3597* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3598@end ifset
3599@end menu
3600
3601@node Symbol Value
3602@subsection Value
3603
3604@cindex value of a symbol
3605@cindex symbol value
3606The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3607location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3608number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3609Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3610as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3611symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3612called absolute.
3613
3614The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36150 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3616@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3617same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3618name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3619common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3620bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3621allocated storage.
3622
3623@node Symbol Type
3624@subsection Type
3625
3626@cindex type of a symbol
3627@cindex symbol type
3628The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3629information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3630(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3631format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3632
3633@ifset aout-bout
3634@ifclear GENERIC
3635@ifset BOUT
3636@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3637@c better if it were available outside examples.
3638@need 1000
3639@node a.out Symbols
3640@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3641
3642@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3643@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3644These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3645one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3646@code{b.out}.
3647
3648@end ifset
3649@ifclear BOUT
3650@node a.out Symbols
3651@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3652
3653@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3654@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3655
3656@end ifclear
3657@end ifclear
3658@ifset GENERIC
3659@node a.out Symbols
3660@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3661
3662@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3663@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3664
3665@end ifset
3666@menu
3667* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3668* Symbol Other:: Other
3669@end menu
3670
3671@node Symbol Desc
3672@subsubsection Descriptor
3673
3674@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3675This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3676descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3677(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3678@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3679
3680@node Symbol Other
3681@subsubsection Other
3682
3683@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3684This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3685@end ifset
3686
3687@ifset COFF
3688@node COFF Symbols
3689@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3690
3691@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3692@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3693
3694The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3695like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3696@code{.endef} directives.
3697
3698@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3699
3700@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3701The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3702respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3703
3704@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3705
3706@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3707The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3708@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3709table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3710@end ifset
3711
3712@ifset SOM
3713@node SOM Symbols
3714@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3715
3716@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3717@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3718
3719The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3720the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3721
01642c12 3722The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3723Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3724@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3725@end ifset
3726
3727@node Expressions
3728@chapter Expressions
3729
3730@cindex expressions
3731@cindex addresses
3732@cindex numeric values
3733An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3734Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3735
3736The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3737a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3738enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3739section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3740the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3741@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3742
3743@menu
3744* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3745* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3746@end menu
3747
3748@node Empty Exprs
3749@section Empty Expressions
3750
3751@cindex empty expressions
3752@cindex expressions, empty
3753An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3754Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3755expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3756is compatible with other assemblers.
3757
3758@node Integer Exprs
3759@section Integer Expressions
3760
3761@cindex integer expressions
3762@cindex expressions, integer
3763An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3764by @emph{operators}.
3765
3766@menu
3767* Arguments:: Arguments
3768* Operators:: Operators
3769* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3770* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3771@end menu
3772
3773@node Arguments
3774@subsection Arguments
3775
3776@cindex expression arguments
3777@cindex arguments in expressions
3778@cindex operands in expressions
3779@cindex arithmetic operands
3780@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3781contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3782this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3783the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3784expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3785instruction operands.
3786
3787Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3788@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3789or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3790integer.
3791
3792Numbers are usually integers.
3793
3794A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3795that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3796these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3797instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3798assemblers.
3799
3800@cindex subexpressions
3801Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3802expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3803operator followed by an argument.
3804
3805@node Operators
3806@subsection Operators
3807
3808@cindex operators, in expressions
3809@cindex arithmetic functions
3810@cindex functions, in expressions
3811@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3812operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3813between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3814whitespace.
3815
3816@node Prefix Ops
3817@subsection Prefix Operator
3818
3819@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3820@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3821one argument, which must be absolute.
3822
3823@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3824@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3825@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3826@tex
3827\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3828@end tex
3829
3830@table @code
3831@item -
3832@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3833@item ~
3834@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3835@end table
3836
3837@tex
3838\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3839@end tex
3840
3841@node Infix Ops
3842@subsection Infix Operators
3843
3844@cindex infix operators
3845@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3846@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3847have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3848to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3849absolute, and the result is absolute.
3850
3851@enumerate
3852@cindex operator precedence
3853@cindex precedence of operators
3854
3855@item
3856Highest Precedence
3857
3858@table @code
3859@item *
3860@dfn{Multiplication}.
3861
3862@item /
3863@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3864
3865@item %
3866@dfn{Remainder}.
3867
d1eac9d9 3868@item <<
252b5132
RH
3869@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3870
d1eac9d9 3871@item >>
252b5132
RH
3872@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3873@end table
3874
3875@item
3876Intermediate precedence
3877
3878@table @code
3879@item |
3880
3881@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3882
3883@item &
3884@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3885
3886@item ^
3887@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3888
3889@item !
3890@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3891@end table
3892
3893@item
b131d4dc 3894Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3895
3896@table @code
3897@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3898@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3899@cindex arguments for addition
3900@item +
3901@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3902the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3903sections.
3904
3905@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3906@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3907@cindex arguments for subtraction
3908@item -
3909@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3910result has the section of the left argument.
3911If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3912You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3913@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3914
3915@cindex comparison expressions
3916@cindex expressions, comparison
3917@item ==
3918@dfn{Is Equal To}
3919@item <>
723a8472 3920@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3921@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3922@item <
3923@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3924@item >
b131d4dc 3925@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3926@item >=
b131d4dc 3927@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3928@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3929@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3930
3931The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3932value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3933perform signed comparisons.
3934@end table
3935
3936@item Lowest Precedence
3937
3938@table @code
3939@item &&
3940@dfn{Logical And}.
3941
3942@item ||
3943@dfn{Logical Or}.
3944
3945These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3946expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3947value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3948or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3949
252b5132
RH
3950@end table
3951@end enumerate
3952
3953In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3954address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3955
3956@node Pseudo Ops
3957@chapter Assembler Directives
3958
3959@cindex directives, machine independent
3960@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3961@cindex machine independent directives
3962All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3963The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3964
3965This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3966target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3967@ifset GENERIC
3968Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3969@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3970@end ifset
3971@ifclear GENERIC
3972@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3973@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3974@end ifset
3975@end ifclear
3976
3977@menu
3978* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3979@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3980* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3981@end ifset
f0dc282c 3982
252b5132 3983* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3984* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3985* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3986* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3987* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3988* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3989* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3990* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3991* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3992@ifset COFF
3993* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3994@end ifset
3995@ifset aout-bout
3996* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3997@end ifset
3998@ifset COFF
3999* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4000@end ifset
f0dc282c 4001
252b5132
RH
4002* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4003* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4004* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4005* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4006* End:: @code{.end}
4007@ifset COFF
4008* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4009@end ifset
f0dc282c 4010
252b5132
RH
4011* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4012* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4013* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4014* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4015* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4016* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4017* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4018* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4019* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4020* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4021* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4022* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4023* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4024* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4025* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4026@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4027* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4028* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4029@end ifset
f0dc282c 4030
252b5132
RH
4031* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4032* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4033* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4034* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4035* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4036* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4037@ifset ELF
4038* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4039@end ifset
f0dc282c 4040
252b5132
RH
4041* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4042* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4043* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4044* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4045@ifclear no-line-dir
4046* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4047@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4048
252b5132
RH
4049* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4050* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4051* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4052* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4053* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4054@ifset ELF
4055* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4056@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4057
252b5132
RH
4058* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4059@ignore
4060* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4061@end ignore
f0dc282c 4062
252b5132
RH
4063* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4064* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4065* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4066* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4067* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4068* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4069* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4070@ifset ELF
4071* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4072* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4073@end ifset
f0dc282c 4074
252b5132 4075* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4076@ifset ELF
4077* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4078@end ifset
f0dc282c 4079
252b5132
RH
4080* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4081* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4082@ifset ELF
4083* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4084@end ifset
f0dc282c 4085
252b5132 4086* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4087* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4088* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4089* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4090@ifset COFF
4091* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4092@end ifset
4093@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4094* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4095@end ifset
f0dc282c 4096
252b5132
RH
4097* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4098* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4099* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4100@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4101* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4102@end ifset
884f0d36 4103@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4104* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4105@end ifclear
4106
252b5132 4107* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4108@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4109* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4110@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4111@ifset have-stabs
4112* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4113@end ifset
f0dc282c 4114
38a57ae7 4115* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4116* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4117@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4118* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4119* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4120@end ifset
f0dc282c 4121
252b5132
RH
4122@ifset COFF
4123* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4124@end ifset
f0dc282c 4125
252b5132
RH
4126* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4127* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4128@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4129* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4130@end ifset
4131
c91d2e08 4132* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4133@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4134* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4135@end ifset
f0dc282c 4136
2e13b764 4137@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4138* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4139* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4140* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4141@end ifset
f0dc282c 4142
d190d046 4143* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4144* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4145* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4146* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4147* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4148@end menu
4149
4150@node Abort
4151@section @code{.abort}
4152
4153@cindex @code{abort} directive
4154@cindex stopping the assembly
4155This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4156compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4157assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4158of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4159quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4160
4161@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4162@node ABORT (COFF)
4163@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4164
4165@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4166When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4167synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4168
4169@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4170When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4171but ignores it.
4172@end ifset
4173@end ifset
4174
4175@node Align
4176@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4177
4178@cindex padding the location counter
4179@cindex @code{align} directive
4180Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4181boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4182required, as described below.
4183
4184The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4185padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4186padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4187marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4188with no-op instructions.
4189
4190The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4191it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4192directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4193specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4194fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4195required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4196with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4197
4198The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4199For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4200s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4201alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4202the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4203is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4204first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4205
9e9a9798 4206For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4207strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4208number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4209advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4210counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4211multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4212
4213This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4214native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4215GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4216described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4217architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4218
ccf8a69b
BW
4219@node Altmacro
4220@section @code{.altmacro}
4221Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4222
4223@ftable @code
4224@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4225One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4226generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4227replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4228replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4229separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4230define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4231
4232@item String delimiters
4233You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4234@code{"@var{string}"}:
4235
4236@table @code
4237@item '@var{string}'
4238You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4239
4240@item <@var{string}>
4241You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4242@end table
4243
4244@item single-character string escape
4245To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4246character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4247character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4248write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4249
4250@item Expression results as strings
4251You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4252and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4253@end ftable
4254
252b5132
RH
4255@node Ascii
4256@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4257
4258@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4259@cindex string literals
4260@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4261separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4262trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4263
4264@node Asciz
4265@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4266
4267@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4268@cindex zero-terminated strings
4269@cindex null-terminated strings
4270@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4271a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4272
4273@node Balign
4274@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4275
4276@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4277@cindex @code{balign} directive
4278Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4279storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4280alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4281the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4282is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4283
4284The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4285padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4286padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4287marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4288with no-op instructions.
4289
4290The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4291it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4292directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4293specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4294fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4295required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4296with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4297
4298@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4299@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4300The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4301@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4302pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4303fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43044,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4305filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4306the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4307undefined.
4308
4309@node Byte
4310@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4311
4312@cindex @code{byte} directive
4313@cindex integers, one byte
4314@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4315Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4316
54cfded0 4317@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4318@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4319@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4320@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4321should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4322If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4323if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4324To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4325directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4326
4b7d318b 4327@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4328@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4329@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4330should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4331data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4332@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4333
01642c12 4334Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4335it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4336
54cfded0
AM
4337@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4338@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4339@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4340unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4341@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4342
9b8ae42e
JJ
4343@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4344@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4345@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4346should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4347argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4348a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4349the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4350can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4351The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4352no personality routine.
4353
4354@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4355@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4356@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4357should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4358argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4359or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4360no LSDA.
4361
54cfded0 4362@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4363@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4364address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4365
4366@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4367@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4368now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4369remains the same.
4370
4371@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4372@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4373remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4374absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4375CFA address.
4376
4377@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4378Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4379value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4380
4381@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4382Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4383CFA.
54cfded0 4384
17076204
RH
4385@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4386Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4387the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4388using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4389This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4390code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4391
4b7d318b
L
4392@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4393Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4394
4395@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4396@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4397same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4398instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4399
4400@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4401From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4402
4403@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4404Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4405i.e. no restoration needed.
4406
01642c12
RM
4407@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4408First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4409then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4410everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4411the previous saved state.
4412
4413@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4414Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4415directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4416
63752a75
JJ
4417@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4418Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4419
6749011b 4420@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4421SPARC register window has been saved.
4422
cdfbf930
RH
4423@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4424Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4425might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4426opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4427
f1c4cc75
RH
4428@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4429The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4430will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4431description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4432
4433The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4434limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4435mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4436by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4437or another register.
4438
ccf8a69b
BW
4439@node Comm
4440@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4441
ccf8a69b
BW
4442@cindex @code{comm} directive
4443@cindex symbol, common
4444@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4445common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4446of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4447definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4448allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4449absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4450the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4451using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4452
c1711530
DK
4453@ifset COFF-ELF
4454When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4455an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4456specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4457that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4458as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4459boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4460power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4461common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4462alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4463largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4464maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4465is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4466@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4467multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4468It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4469(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4470@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4471
ccf8a69b
BW
4472@ifset HPPA
4473The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4474@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4475@end ifset
07a53e5c 4476
252b5132
RH
4477@node Data
4478@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4479
4480@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4481@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4482end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4483absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4484to zero.
4485
4486@ifset COFF
4487@node Def
4488@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4489
4490@cindex @code{def} directive
4491@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4492@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4493Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4494definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4495@ifset BOUT
4496
a4fb0134 4497This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4498format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4499but ignored.
4500@end ifset
4501@end ifset
4502
4503@ifset aout-bout
4504@node Desc
4505@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4506
4507@cindex @code{desc} directive
4508@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4509@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4510This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4511to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4512
4513@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4514The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4515configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4516object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4517it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4518@end ifset
4519@end ifset
4520
4521@ifset COFF
4522@node Dim
4523@section @code{.dim}
4524
4525@cindex @code{dim} directive
4526@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4527@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4528This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4529information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4530@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4531@ifset BOUT
4532
4533@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4534@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4535ignores it.
4536@end ifset
4537@end ifset
4538
4539@node Double
4540@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4541
4542@cindex @code{double} directive
4543@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4544@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4545assembles floating point numbers.
4546@ifset GENERIC
4547The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4548@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4549@end ifset
4550@ifclear GENERIC
4551@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4552On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4553in @sc{ieee} format.
4554@end ifset
4555@end ifclear
4556
4557@node Eject
4558@section @code{.eject}
4559
4560@cindex @code{eject} directive
4561@cindex new page, in listings
4562@cindex page, in listings
4563@cindex listing control: new page
4564Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4565
4566@node Else
4567@section @code{.else}
4568
4569@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4570@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4571assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4572of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4573was false.
4574
3fd9f047
TW
4575@node Elseif
4576@section @code{.elseif}
4577
4578@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4579@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4580assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4581@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4582
252b5132
RH
4583@node End
4584@section @code{.end}
4585
4586@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4587@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4588process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4589
4590@ifset COFF
4591@node Endef
4592@section @code{.endef}
4593
4594@cindex @code{endef} directive
4595This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4596@code{.def}.
4597@ifset BOUT
4598
4599@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4600@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4601directive but ignores it.
4602@end ifset
4603@end ifset
4604
4605@node Endfunc
4606@section @code{.endfunc}
4607@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4608@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4609
4610@node Endif
4611@section @code{.endif}
4612
4613@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4614@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4615it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4616conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4617
4618@node Equ
4619@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4620
4621@cindex @code{equ} directive
4622@cindex assigning values to symbols
4623@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4624This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4625It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4626
4627@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4628The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4629@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4630@end ifset
4631
3c9b82ba 4632@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4633The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4634@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4635On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4636but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4637Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4638@end ifset
4639
252b5132
RH
4640@node Equiv
4641@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4642@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4643The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4644the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4645symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4646undefined.
252b5132 4647
01642c12 4648Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4649@smallexample
4650.ifdef SYM
4651.err
4652.endif
4653.equ SYM,VAL
4654@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4655plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4656
4657@node Eqv
4658@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4659@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4660The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4661evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4662the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4663value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4664
4665@node Err
4666@section @code{.err}
4667@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4668If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4669message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4670object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4671
d190d046
HPN
4672@node Error
4673@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4674@cindex error directive
4675
4676Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4677string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4678message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4679@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4680
4681@smallexample
4682 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4683@end smallexample
4684
252b5132
RH
4685@node Exitm
4686@section @code{.exitm}
4687Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4688
4689@node Extern
4690@section @code{.extern}
4691
4692@cindex @code{extern} directive
4693@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4694with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4695all undefined symbols as external.
4696
4697@node Fail
4698@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4699
4700@cindex @code{fail} directive
4701Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4702or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4703than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4704include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4705complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4706
252b5132 4707@node File
14082c76 4708@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4709@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4710
4711@ifclear no-file-dir
4712There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4713that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4714@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4715
4716@subheading Default Version
4717
252b5132
RH
4718@cindex logical file name
4719@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4720This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4721are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4722
4723@smallexample
4724.file @var{string}
4725@end smallexample
4726
4727@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4728recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4729to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4730statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4731old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4732
4733@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4734@end ifclear
4735
14082c76
BW
4736When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4737to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4738
4739@smallexample
4740.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4741@end smallexample
4742
4743The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4744index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4745literal.
4746
4747The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4748table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4749information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4750entries will have.
4751
252b5132
RH
4752@node Fill
4753@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4754
4755@cindex @code{fill} directive
4756@cindex writing patterns in memory
4757@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4758@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4759This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4760may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4761more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4762other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4763is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4764zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4765byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4766Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4767@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4768compatible with other people's assemblers.
4769
4770@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4771If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4772assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4773@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4774
4775@node Float
4776@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4777
4778@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4779@cindex @code{float} directive
4780This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4781has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4782@ifset GENERIC
4783The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4784@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4785@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4786@end ifset
4787@ifclear GENERIC
4788@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4789On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4790in @sc{ieee} format.
4791@end ifset
4792@end ifclear
4793
4794@node Func
4795@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4796@cindex @code{func} directive
4797@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4798is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4799Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4800@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4801prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4802@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4803All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4804The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4805
4806@node Global
4807@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4808
4809@cindex @code{global} directive
4810@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4811@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4812@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4813other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4814@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4815from another file linked into the same program.
4816
4817Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4818compatibility with other assemblers.
4819
4820@ifset HPPA
4821On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4822partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4823@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4824@end ifset
4825
c91d2e08 4826@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4827@node Gnu_attribute
4828@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4829Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4830
c91d2e08
NC
4831@node Hidden
4832@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4833
c1253627
NC
4834@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4835@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4836This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4837@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4838@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4839
4840This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4841their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4842@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4843Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4844@end ifset
4845
252b5132
RH
4846@node hword
4847@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4848
4849@cindex @code{hword} directive
4850@cindex integers, 16-bit
4851@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4852@cindex sixteen bit integers
4853This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4854a 16 bit number for each.
4855
4856@ifset GENERIC
4857This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4858architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4859@end ifset
4860@ifclear GENERIC
4861@ifset W32
4862This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4863@end ifset
4864@ifset W16
4865This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4866@end ifset
4867@end ifclear
4868
4869@node Ident
4870@section @code{.ident}
4871
4872@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4873
4874This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4875behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4876a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4877source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4878for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4879@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4880emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4881
4882@node If
4883@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4884
4885@cindex conditional assembly
4886@cindex @code{if} directive
4887@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4888considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4889(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4890the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4891(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4892alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4893If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4894nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4895
4896The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4897@table @code
4898@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4899@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4900Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4901has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4902is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4903
26aca5f6
JB
4904@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4905@item .ifb @var{text}
4906Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4907
252b5132
RH
4908@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4909@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4910Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4911strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4912the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4913end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4914string comparison is case sensitive.
4915
4916@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4917@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4918Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4919
4920@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4921@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4922Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4923
4924@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4925@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4926Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4927equal to zero.
4928
4929@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4930@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4931Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4932
4933@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4934@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4935Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4936to zero.
4937
4938@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4939@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4940Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4941
26aca5f6
JB
4942@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4943@item .ifnb @var{text}
4944Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4945following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4946
252b5132
RH
4947@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4948@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4949Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4950following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4951
4952@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4953@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4954@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4955@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4956Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4957has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4958which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4959
4960@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4961@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4962Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4963(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4964
4965@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4966@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4967Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4968following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4969@end table
4970
7e005732
NC
4971@node Incbin
4972@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4973
4974@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4975@cindex binary files, including
4976The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4977location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4978option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4979around @var{file}.
4980
4981The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4982@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4983read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4984responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4985after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4986
252b5132
RH
4987@node Include
4988@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4989
4990@cindex @code{include} directive
4991@cindex supporting files, including
4992@cindex files, including
4993This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4994points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4995if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4996included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4997can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4998(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4999around @var{file}.
5000
5001@node Int
5002@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5003
5004@cindex @code{int} directive
5005@cindex integers, 32-bit
5006Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5007For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5008expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5009of target the assembly is for.
5010
5011@ifclear GENERIC
5012@ifset H8
7be1c489 5013On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5014integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
501532-bit integers.
5016@end ifset
5017@end ifclear
5018
c91d2e08
NC
5019@ifset ELF
5020@node Internal
5021@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5022
c1253627
NC
5023@cindex @code{internal} directive
5024@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5025This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5026@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5027@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5028
5029This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5030their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5031@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5032(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5033processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5034@end ifset
5035
252b5132
RH
5036@node Irp
5037@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5038
5039@cindex @code{irp} directive
5040Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5041The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5042terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5043set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5044@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5045@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5046sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5047
5048For example, assembling
5049
5050@example
5051 .irp param,1,2,3
5052 move d\param,sp@@-
5053 .endr
5054@end example
5055
5056is equivalent to assembling
5057
5058@example
5059 move d1,sp@@-
5060 move d2,sp@@-
5061 move d3,sp@@-
5062@end example
5063
96e9638b 5064For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5065
252b5132
RH
5066@node Irpc
5067@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5068
5069@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5070Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5071The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5072terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5073@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5074assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5075assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5076@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5077
5078For example, assembling
5079
5080@example
5081 .irpc param,123
5082 move d\param,sp@@-
5083 .endr
5084@end example
5085
5086is equivalent to assembling
5087
5088@example
5089 move d1,sp@@-
5090 move d2,sp@@-
5091 move d3,sp@@-
5092@end example
5093
5e75c3ab
JB
5094For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5095at @xref{Macro}.
5096
252b5132
RH
5097@node Lcomm
5098@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5099
5100@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5101@cindex local common symbols
5102@cindex symbols, local common
5103Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5104denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5105those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5106section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5107is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5108not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5109
5110@ifset GENERIC
5111Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5112argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5113@end ifset
5114
5115@ifset HPPA
5116The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5117@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5118@end ifset
5119
5120@node Lflags
5121@section @code{.lflags}
5122
5123@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5124@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5125assemblers, but ignores it.
5126
5127@ifclear no-line-dir
5128@node Line
5129@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5130
5131@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5132@cindex logical line number
5133@ifset aout-bout
5134Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5135expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5136statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5137reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5138@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5139for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5140@end ifset
5141
252b5132 5142Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5143@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5144when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5145were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5146@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5147
5148Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5149used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5150debugging.
5151@end ifclear
5152
5153@node Linkonce
5154@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5155@cindex COMDAT
5156@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5157@cindex common sections
5158Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5159This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5160but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5161The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5162Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5163unique.
5164
5165This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5166writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5167Executable format used on Windows NT.
5168
5169The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5170following strings. For example:
5171@smallexample
5172.linkonce same_size
5173@end smallexample
5174Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5175
5176@table @code
5177@item discard
5178Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5179
5180@item one_only
5181Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5182
5183@item same_size
5184Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5185
5186@item same_contents
5187Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5188@end table
5189
ccf8a69b
BW
5190@node List
5191@section @code{.list}
5192
5193@cindex @code{list} directive
5194@cindex listing control, turning on
5195Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5196not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5197internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5198counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5199generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5200
5201By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5202@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5203the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5204
252b5132
RH
5205@node Ln
5206@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5207
5208@cindex @code{ln} directive
5209@ifclear no-line-dir
5210@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5211@end ifclear
5212@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5213Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5214must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5215line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5216statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5217line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5218@ifset BOUT
5219
a4fb0134 5220This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5221configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5222output format.
5223@end ifset
5224@end ifset
5225
ccf8a69b
BW
5226@node Loc
5227@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5228@cindex @code{loc} directive
5229When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5230the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5231number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5232instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5233arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5234the row is added.
252b5132 5235
ccf8a69b
BW
5236The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5237
5238@table @code
5239@item basic_block
5240This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5241@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5242
5243@item prologue_end
5244This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5245@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5246
5247@item epilogue_begin
5248This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5249@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5250
5251@item is_stmt @var{value}
5252This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5253@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5254either 0 or 1.
5255
5256@item isa @var{value}
5257This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5258state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5259
92846e72
CC
5260@item discriminator @var{value}
5261This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5262state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5263
ccf8a69b
BW
5264@end table
5265
5266@node Loc_mark_labels
5267@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5268@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5269When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5270the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5271to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5272register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5273The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5274this function respectively.
252b5132 5275
4d4175af
BW
5276@ifset ELF
5277@node Local
5278@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5279
5280@cindex @code{local} directive
5281This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5282the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5283will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5284they will be created.
5285
5286For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5287accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5288the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5289(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5290@end ifset
5291
252b5132
RH
5292@node Long
5293@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5294
5295@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5296@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5297
5298@ignore
5299@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5300@c what it really ought to do
5301@node Lsym
5302@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5303
5304@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5305@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5306@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5307the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5308rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5309the same as the expression value:
5310@smallexample
5311@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5312@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5313@var{value} = @var{expression}
5314@end smallexample
5315@noindent
5316The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5317@end ignore
5318
5319@node Macro
5320@section @code{.macro}
5321
5322@cindex macros
5323The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5324generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5325@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5326
5327@example
5328 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5329 .long \from
5330 .if \to-\from
5331 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5332 .endif
5333 .endm
5334@end example
5335
5336@noindent
5337With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5338
5339@example
5340 .long 0
5341 .long 1
5342 .long 2
5343 .long 3
5344 .long 4
5345 .long 5
5346@end example
5347
5348@ftable @code
5349@item .macro @var{macname}
5350@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5351@cindex @code{macro} directive
5352Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5353definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5354separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5355indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5356@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5357(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5358macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5359cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5360subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5361definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5362
5363@table @code
5364@item .macro comm
5365Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5366arguments.
5367
6258339f 5368@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5369@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5370Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5371which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5372@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5373
5374@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5375Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5376arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5377After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5378@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5379@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5380,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5381@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5382
6eaeac8a
JB
5383@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5384Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5385arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5386not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5387will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5388
252b5132
RH
5389When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5390position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5391@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5392
6258339f
NC
5393@end table
5394
5e75c3ab
JB
5395Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5396as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5397occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5398characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5399(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5400architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5401character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5402replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5403construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5404identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5405this macro definition:
5406
5407@example
5408 .macro label l
5409\l:
5410 .endm
5411@end example
5412
5413might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5414called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5415assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5416identifier.
5417
5418Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5419which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5420for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5421length specifier like this:
5422
5423@example
5424 .macro opcode base length
5425 \base.\length
5426 .endm
5427@end example
5428
5429and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5430instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5431interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5432
5433There are several possible ways around this problem:
5434
5435@table @code
5436@item Insert white space
5437If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5438solution. eg:
5439
5440@example
5441 .macro label l
5442\l :
5443 .endm
5444@end example
5445
5446@item Use @samp{\()}
5447The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5448the following text. eg:
5449
5450@example
5451 .macro opcode base length
5452 \base\().\length
5453 .endm
5454@end example
5455
5456@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5457In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5458used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5459
5460@example
5461 .altmacro
5462 .macro label l
5463l&:
5464 .endm
5465@end example
6258339f 5466@end table
5e75c3ab 5467
96e9638b 5468Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5469also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5470and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5471
252b5132
RH
5472@item .endm
5473@cindex @code{endm} directive
5474Mark the end of a macro definition.
5475
5476@item .exitm
5477@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5478Exit early from the current macro definition.
5479
5480@cindex number of macros executed
5481@cindex macros, count executed
5482@item \@@
a4fb0134 5483@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5484executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5485output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5486
252b5132
RH
5487@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5488@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5489macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5490@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5491@end ftable
252b5132 5492
ccf8a69b
BW
5493@node MRI
5494@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5495
ccf8a69b
BW
5496@cindex @code{mri} directive
5497@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5498If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5499@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5500affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5501of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5502
caa32fe5
NC
5503@node Noaltmacro
5504@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5505Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5506
252b5132
RH
5507@node Nolist
5508@section @code{.nolist}
5509
5510@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5511@cindex listing control, turning off
5512Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5513not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5514internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5515counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5516generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5517
5518@node Octa
5519@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5520
5521@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5522@cindex @code{octa} directive
5523@cindex integer, 16-byte
5524@cindex sixteen byte integer
5525This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5526bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5527
5528The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5529hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5530
5531@node Org
5532@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5533
5534@cindex @code{org} directive
5535@cindex location counter, advancing
5536@cindex advancing location counter
5537@cindex current address, advancing
5538Advance the location counter of the current section to
5539@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5540expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5541you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5542wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5543with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5544@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5545is the same as the current subsection.
5546
5547@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5548unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5549backwards.
5550
5551@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5552@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5553@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5554Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5555may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5556a chance to share your improved assembler.
5557
5558Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5559to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5560people's assemblers.
5561
5562When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5563intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5564absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5565@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5566
5567@node P2align
5568@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5569
5570@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5571@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5572Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5573storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5574number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5575advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5576counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5577multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5578
5579The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5580padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5581padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5582marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5583with no-op instructions.
5584
5585The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5586it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5587directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5588specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5589fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5590required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5591with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5592
5593@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5594@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5595The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5596@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5597pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5598fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55992,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5600filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5601the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5602undefined.
5603
ccf8a69b
BW
5604@ifset ELF
5605@node PopSection
5606@section @code{.popsection}
5607
5608@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5609@cindex Section Stack
5610This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5611@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5612@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5613(@pxref{Previous}).
5614
5615This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5616section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5617stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5618@end ifset
5619
c91d2e08
NC
5620@ifset ELF
5621@node Previous
5622@section @code{.previous}
5623
c1253627 5624@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5625@cindex Section Stack
5626This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5627@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5628@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5629(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5630
5631This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5632referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5633@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5634subsections). For example:
5635
5636@smallexample
5637.section A
5638 .subsection 1
5639 .word 0x1234
5640 .subsection 2
5641 .word 0x5678
5642.previous
5643 .word 0x9abc
5644@end smallexample
5645
5646Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5647section A. Whilst:
5648
5649@smallexample
5650.section A
5651.subsection 1
5652 # Now in section A subsection 1
5653 .word 0x1234
5654.section B
5655.subsection 0
5656 # Now in section B subsection 0
5657 .word 0x5678
5658.subsection 1
5659 # Now in section B subsection 1
5660 .word 0x9abc
5661.previous
5662 # Now in section B subsection 0
5663 .word 0xdef0
5664@end smallexample
5665
5666Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5667section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5668
5669In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5670the top section on the section stack.
5671@end ifset
5672
252b5132
RH
5673@node Print
5674@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5675
5676@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5677@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5678assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5679
c91d2e08
NC
5680@ifset ELF
5681@node Protected
5682@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5683
c1253627
NC
5684@cindex @code{protected} directive
5685@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5686This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5687@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5688
5689This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5690their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5691@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5692components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5693component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5694this.
c91d2e08
NC
5695@end ifset
5696
252b5132
RH
5697@node Psize
5698@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5699
5700@cindex @code{psize} directive
5701@cindex listing control: paper size
5702@cindex paper size, for listings
5703Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5704number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5705
5706If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5707of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5708default width is 200 columns.
5709
a4fb0134 5710@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5711lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5712@code{.eject}).
5713
5714If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5715those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5716
5717@node Purgem
5718@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5719
5720@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5721Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5722expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5723
c91d2e08
NC
5724@ifset ELF
5725@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5726@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5727
c1253627 5728@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5729@cindex Section Stack
5730This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5731@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5732@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5733(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5734
e9863d7f
DJ
5735This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5736top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5737subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5738@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5739as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5740@end ifset
5741
252b5132
RH
5742@node Quad
5743@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5744
5745@cindex @code{quad} directive
5746@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5747each bignum, it emits
5748@ifclear bignum-16
5749an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5750warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5751@cindex eight-byte integer
5752@cindex integer, 8-byte
5753
5754The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5755hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5756@end ifclear
5757@ifset bignum-16
5758a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5759warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5760@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5761@cindex integer, 16-byte
5762@end ifset
5763
05e9452c
AM
5764@node Reloc
5765@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5766
5767@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5768Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5769@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5770the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5771symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5772@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5773absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5774targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5775relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5776section.
5777
252b5132
RH
5778@node Rept
5779@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5780
5781@cindex @code{rept} directive
5782Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5783@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5784
5785For example, assembling
5786
5787@example
5788 .rept 3
5789 .long 0
5790 .endr
5791@end example
5792
5793is equivalent to assembling
5794
5795@example
5796 .long 0
5797 .long 0
5798 .long 0
5799@end example
5800
5801@node Sbttl
5802@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5803
5804@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5805@cindex subtitles for listings
5806@cindex listing control: subtitle
5807Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5808title line) when generating assembly listings.
5809
5810This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5811it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5812
5813@ifset COFF
5814@node Scl
5815@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5816
5817@cindex @code{scl} directive
5818@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5819@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5820Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5821used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5822whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5823symbolic debugging information.
5824@ifset BOUT
5825
5826The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5827configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5828accepts this directive but ignores it.
5829@end ifset
5830@end ifset
5831
c1253627 5832@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5833@node Section
c1253627 5834@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5835
252b5132
RH
5836@cindex named section
5837Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5838named @var{name}.
5839
5840This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5841named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5842with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5843
c1253627
NC
5844@ifset COFF
5845@ifset ELF
5846@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5847@subheading COFF Version
5848@end ifset
5849
5850@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5851For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5852ways:
c91d2e08 5853
252b5132
RH
5854@smallexample
5855.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5856.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5857@end smallexample
5858
5859If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5860section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5861@table @code
5862@item b
5863bss section (uninitialized data)
5864@item n
5865section is not loaded
5866@item w
5867writable section
5868@item d
5869data section
5870@item r
5871read-only section
5872@item x
5873executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5874@item s
5875shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5876@item a
5877ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5878@item y
5879section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5880@item 0-9
5881single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5882@end table
5883
5884If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5885the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5886loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5887from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5888will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5889
5890If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5891taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5892@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5893
5894@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5895@ifset COFF
5896@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5897@subheading ELF Version
5898@end ifset
5899
c91d2e08
NC
5900@cindex Section Stack
5901This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5902@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5903(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5904@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5905
c1253627 5906@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5907For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5908
252b5132 5909@smallexample
7047dd1e 5910.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5911@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5912
252b5132 5913The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5914combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5915@table @code
5916@item a
5917section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5918@item e
5919section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5920@item w
5921section is writable
5922@item x
5923section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5924@item M
5925section is mergeable
5926@item S
5927section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5928@item G
5929section is a member of a section group
5930@item T
5931section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5932@item ?
5933section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5934@end table
5935
5936The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5937@table @code
5938@item @@progbits
5939section contains data
5940@item @@nobits
5941section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5942@item @@note
5943section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5944@item @@init_array
5945section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5946@item @@fini_array
5947section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5948@item @@preinit_array
5949section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5950@end table
5951
10b016c2
PB
5952Many targets only support the first three section types.
5953
ececec60
NC
5954Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5955ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5956@code{%} character.
5957
22fe14ad 5958If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5959be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5960
5961@smallexample
5962.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5963@end smallexample
5964
5965Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5966constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5967@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5968@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5969the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5970absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5971which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5972@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5973@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5974
5975If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5976be present along with an additional field like this:
5977
5978@smallexample
5979.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5980@end smallexample
5981
5982The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5983particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5984@table @code
5985@item comdat
5986indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5987@item .gnu.linkonce
5988an alias for comdat
5989@end table
5990
96e9638b 5991Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5992the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5993
5994@smallexample
5995.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5996@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5997
01642c12
RM
5998If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5999@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6000present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6001this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6002@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6003If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6004
252b5132
RH
6005If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6006the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6007none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6008executable. The section will contain data.
6009
6010For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6011directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6012
252b5132
RH
6013@smallexample
6014.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6015@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6016
252b5132
RH
6017Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6018separated flags:
6019@table @code
6020@item #alloc
6021section is allocatable
6022@item #write
6023section is writable
6024@item #execinstr
6025section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6026@item #exclude
6027section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6028@item #tls
6029section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6030@end table
c91d2e08 6031
e9863d7f
DJ
6032This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6033contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6034some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6035work.
c1253627
NC
6036@end ifset
6037@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6038
6039@node Set
6040@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6041
6042@cindex @code{set} directive
6043@cindex symbol value, setting
6044Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6045changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6046@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6047flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6048
6049You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6050
6051If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6052file is the last value stored into it.
6053
3c9b82ba
NC
6054@ifset Z80
6055On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6056@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6057@end ifset
6058
252b5132
RH
6059@node Short
6060@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6061
6062@cindex @code{short} directive
6063@ifset GENERIC
6064@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6065@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6066
6067In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6068numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6069@end ifset
6070@ifclear GENERIC
6071@ifset W16
6072@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6073@end ifset
6074@ifset W32
6075This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6076a 16 bit number for each.
6077@end ifset
6078@end ifclear
6079
6080@node Single
6081@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6082
6083@cindex @code{single} directive
6084@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6085This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6086has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6087@ifset GENERIC
6088The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6089@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6090@end ifset
6091@ifclear GENERIC
6092@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6093On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6094numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6095@end ifset
6096@end ifclear
6097
c1253627 6098@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6099@node Size
c1253627 6100@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6101
c1253627
NC
6102This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6103
6104@ifset COFF
6105@ifset ELF
6106@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6107@subheading COFF Version
6108@end ifset
6109
6110@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6111For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6112@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6113
6114@smallexample
6115.size @var{expression}
6116@end smallexample
252b5132 6117
c91d2e08 6118@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6119@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6120@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6121ignores it.
6122@end ifset
c1253627 6123@end ifset
c91d2e08 6124
c1253627
NC
6125@ifset ELF
6126@ifset COFF
6127@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6128@subheading ELF Version
6129@end ifset
6130
6131@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6132For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6133
c1253627
NC
6134@smallexample
6135.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6136@end smallexample
6137
6138This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6139The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6140arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6141symbols.
c1253627
NC
6142@end ifset
6143@end ifset
252b5132 6144
252b5132
RH
6145@ifclear no-space-dir
6146@node Skip
6147@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6148
6149@cindex @code{skip} directive
6150@cindex filling memory
6151This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6152@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6153@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6154@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6155@end ifclear
252b5132 6156
ccf8a69b
BW
6157@node Sleb128
6158@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6159
6160@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6161@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6162compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6163symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6164
884f0d36 6165@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6166@node Space
6167@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6168
6169@cindex @code{space} directive
6170@cindex filling memory
6171This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6172@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6173and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6174as @samp{.skip}.
6175
6176@ifset HPPA
6177@quotation
6178@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6179targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6180Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6181@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6182for a summary.
6183@end quotation
6184@end ifset
6185@end ifclear
6186
252b5132
RH
6187@ifset have-stabs
6188@node Stab
6189@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6190
6191@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6192@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6193There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6194All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6195The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6196cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6197Up to five fields are required:
6198
6199@table @var
6200@item string
6201This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6202@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6203debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6204using this field.
6205
6206@item type
6207An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6208this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6209and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6210
6211@item other
6212An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6213low 8 bits of this expression.
6214
6215@item desc
6216An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6217bits of this expression.
6218
6219@item value
6220An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6221@end table
6222
6223If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6224or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6225you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6226compatible with earlier assemblers!
6227
6228@table @code
6229@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6230@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6231
6232The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6233It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6234null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6235strings.
6236
6237The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6238relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6239is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6240assembled.
6241
6242@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6243@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6244The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6245
6246@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6247@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6248All five fields are specified.
6249@end table
6250@end ifset
6251@c end have-stabs
6252
6253@node String
38a57ae7 6254@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6255"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6256
6257@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6258@cindex string8, copying to object file
6259@cindex string16, copying to object file
6260@cindex string32, copying to object file
6261@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6262@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6263@cindex @code{string8} directive
6264@cindex @code{string16} directive
6265@cindex @code{string32} directive
6266@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6267
6268Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6269one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6270particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6271You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6272
01642c12 6273The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6274the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6275copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6276are stored in target endianness byte order.
6277
6278Example:
6279@smallexample
6280 .string32 "BYE"
6281expands to:
6282 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6283 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6284@end smallexample
6285
6286
252b5132
RH
6287@node Struct
6288@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6289
6290@cindex @code{struct} directive
6291Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6292which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6293@smallexample
6294 .struct 0
6295field1:
6296 .struct field1 + 4
6297field2:
6298 .struct field2 + 4
6299field3:
6300@end smallexample
6301This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6302@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6303value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6304use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6305before further assembly.
6306
c91d2e08
NC
6307@ifset ELF
6308@node SubSection
6309@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6310
c1253627 6311@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6312@cindex Section Stack
6313This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6314@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6315@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6316(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6317
6318This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6319section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6320in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6321@end ifset
6322
252b5132
RH
6323@ifset ELF
6324@node Symver
6325@section @code{.symver}
6326@cindex @code{symver} directive
6327@cindex symbol versioning
6328@cindex versions of symbols
6329Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6330within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6331typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6332There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6333into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6334shared library.
6335
79082ff0 6336For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6337@smallexample
6338.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6339@end smallexample
339681c0 6340If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6341being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6342alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6343just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6344permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6345of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6346itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6347have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6348file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6349function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6350the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6351building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6352symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6353nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6354
6355If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6356references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6357reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6358symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6359
6360Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6361@smallexample
6362.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6363@end smallexample
6364In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6365the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6366difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6367references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6368
6369The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6370@smallexample
6371.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6372@end smallexample
6373When @var{name} is not defined within the
6374file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6375@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6376name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6377@end ifset
6378
6379@ifset COFF
6380@node Tag
6381@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6382
6383@cindex COFF structure debugging
6384@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6385@cindex @code{tag} directive
6386This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6387information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6388@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6389definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6390@ifset BOUT
6391
6392@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6393@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6394ignores it.
6395@end ifset
6396@end ifset
6397
6398@node Text
6399@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6400
6401@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6402Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6403the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6404expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6405is used.
6406
6407@node Title
6408@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6409
6410@cindex @code{title} directive
6411@cindex listing control: title line
6412Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6413source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6414
6415This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6416it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6417
c1253627 6418@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6419@node Type
c1253627
NC
6420@section @code{.type}
6421
6422This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6423
6424@ifset COFF
6425@ifset ELF
6426@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6427@subheading COFF Version
6428@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6429
6430@cindex COFF symbol type
6431@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6432@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6433For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6434@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6435
6436@smallexample
6437.type @var{int}
6438@end smallexample
6439
6440This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6441entry.
252b5132 6442
c91d2e08 6443@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6444@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6445@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6446directive but ignores it.
6447@end ifset
c1253627 6448@end ifset
c91d2e08 6449
c1253627
NC
6450@ifset ELF
6451@ifset COFF
6452@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6453@subheading ELF Version
6454@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6455
6456@cindex ELF symbol type
6457@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6458@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6459For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6460
6461@smallexample
6462.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6463@end smallexample
6464
6465This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6466function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6467supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6468compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6469
6470Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6471@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6472below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6473the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6474maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6475assemblers.
6476
6477The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6478
6479@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6480 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6481 .type <name>,#<type>
6482 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6483 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6484 .type <name>,"<type>"
6485@end smallexample
6486
6487The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6488
5671778d
NC
6489@table @gcctabopt
6490@item STT_FUNC
6491@itemx function
6492Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6493
d8045f23
NC
6494@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6495@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6496Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6497processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6498
5671778d
NC
6499@item STT_OBJECT
6500@itemx object
6501Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6502
6503@item STT_TLS
6504@itemx tls_object
6505Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6506
6507@item STT_COMMON
6508@itemx common
6509Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6510
6511@item STT_NOTYPE
6512@itemx notype
6513Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6514
3e7a7d11
NC
6515@item gnu_unique_object
6516Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6517will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6518name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6519
5671778d
NC
6520@end table
6521
6522Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6523
c1253627
NC
6524@end ifset
6525@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6526
6527@node Uleb128
6528@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6529
6530@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6531@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6532compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6533symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6534
6535@ifset COFF
6536@node Val
6537@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6538
6539@cindex @code{val} directive
6540@cindex COFF value attribute
6541@cindex value attribute, COFF
6542This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6543records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6544entry.
6545@ifset BOUT
6546
a4fb0134 6547@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6548configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6549@end ifset
6550@end ifset
6551
2e13b764 6552@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6553@node Version
6554@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6555
c1253627 6556@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6557This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6558formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6559@end ifset
2e13b764 6560
c91d2e08
NC
6561@ifset ELF
6562@node VTableEntry
6563@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6564
653cfe85 6565@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6566This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6567@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6568
c91d2e08
NC
6569@node VTableInherit
6570@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6571
653cfe85 6572@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6573This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6574@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6575parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6576parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6577@end ifset
2e13b764 6578
d190d046
HPN
6579@node Warning
6580@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6581@cindex warning directive
6582Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6583(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6584
c91d2e08
NC
6585@node Weak
6586@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6587
c1253627 6588@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6589This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6590@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6591
01642c12 6592On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6593directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6594@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6595
977cdf5a 6596On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6597When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6598alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6599
06e77878
AO
6600@node Weakref
6601@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6602
6603@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6604This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6605be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6606If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6607will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6608symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6609
6610The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6611assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6612symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6613resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6614had the references to the alias removed.
6615
6616The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6617within the assembler.
6618
252b5132
RH
6619@node Word
6620@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6621
6622@cindex @code{word} directive
6623This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6624separated by commas.
6625@ifclear GENERIC
6626@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6627For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6628@end ifset
6629@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6630For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6631@end ifset
6632@end ifclear
6633@ifset GENERIC
6634
6635The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6636depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6637@end ifset
6638
6639@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6640@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6641@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6642@cindex difference tables altered
6643@cindex altered difference tables
6644@quotation
6645@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6646@end quotation
6647
6648@ifset GENERIC
6649Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6650addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6651interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6652@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6653
6654@end ifset
6655In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6656@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6657Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6658compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6659directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6660@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6661creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6662This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6663first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6664of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6665table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6666contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6667@code{sym2}.
6668
6669If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6670secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6671@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6672long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6673and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6674minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6675entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6676
6677@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6678@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6679@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6680assembly language programmers.
6681@end ifset
6682@end ifset
6683@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6684
6685@node Deprecated
6686@section Deprecated Directives
6687
6688@cindex deprecated directives
6689@cindex obsolescent directives
6690One day these directives won't work.
6691They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6692@table @t
6693@item .abort
6694@item .line
6695@end table
6696
3a99f02f
DJ
6697@ifset ELF
6698@node Object Attributes
6699@chapter Object Attributes
6700@cindex object attributes
6701
6702@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6703into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6704Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6705point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6706requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6707passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6708hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6709generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6710newer generation at run-time.
6711
6712This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6713@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6714time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6715correctly.
6716
6717Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6718attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6719string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6720and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6721or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6722attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6723
6724Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6725The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6726
6727@menu
6728* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6729* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6730@end menu
6731
6732@node GNU Object Attributes
6733@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6734
6735The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6736with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6737
6738Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6739its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6740an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67412} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6742architecture-dependent ones.
6743
6744@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6745
6746These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6747
6748@table @r
6749@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6750The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6751the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6752then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6753than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6754arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6755@end table
6756
6757@subsection MIPS Attributes
6758
6759@table @r
6760@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6761The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6762
6763@itemize @bullet
6764@item
67650 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6766@item
67671 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6768FPU.
6769@item
67702 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6771@item
67723 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6773@item
67744 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6775double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6776purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6777@end itemize
6778@end table
6779
6780@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6781
6782@table @r
6783@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6784The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6785
6786@itemize @bullet
6787@item
67880 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6789@item
3c7b9897 67901 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6791@item
67922 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6793@item
67943 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6795@end itemize
6796
6797@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6798The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6799
6800@itemize @bullet
6801@item
68020 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6803@item
68041 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6805@item
68062 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6807@item
68083 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6809@end itemize
6810@end table
6811
6812@node Defining New Object Attributes
6813@section Defining New Object Attributes
6814
6815If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6816will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6817mailing list.
6818
6819@itemize @bullet
6820@item
6821This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6822@item
6823The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6824@item
6825The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6826and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6827@item
6828Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6829@item
6830@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6831@item
6832GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6833@end itemize
6834
6835@end ifset
6836
252b5132
RH
6837@ifset GENERIC
6838@node Machine Dependencies
6839@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6840
6841@cindex machine dependencies
6842The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6843each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6844vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6845directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6846assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6847@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6848optimization.
6849
6850This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6851include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6852subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6853
6854@menu
625e1353
RH
6855@ifset ALPHA
6856* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6858@ifset ARC
6859* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6860@end ifset
6861@ifset ARM
6862* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6863@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6864@ifset AVR
6865* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6867@ifset Blackfin
6868* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6869@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6870@ifset CR16
6871* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6872@end ifset
8bf549a8 6873@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6874* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6876@ifset D10V
6877* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6878@end ifset
6879@ifset D30V
6880* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6881@end ifset
6882@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6883* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6884@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6885@ifset HPPA
6886* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6887@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6888@ifset I370
6889* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6890@end ifset
252b5132 6891@ifset I80386
55b62671 6892* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6893@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6894@ifset I860
6895* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6896@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6897@ifset I960
6898* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6899@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6900@ifset IA64
6901* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6902@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6903@ifset IP2K
6904* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6905@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6906@ifset LM32
6907* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6908@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6909@ifset M32C
6910* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6911@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6912@ifset M32R
6913* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6914@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6915@ifset M680X0
6916* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6917@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6918@ifset M68HC11
6919* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6920@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6921@ifset MICROBLAZE
6922* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6923@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6924@ifset MIPS
6925* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6926@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6927@ifset MMIX
6928* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6929@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6930@ifset MSP430
6931* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6932@end ifset
252b5132 6933@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6934* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6935* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6936@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6937@ifset PDP11
6938* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6939@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6940@ifset PJ
6941* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6942@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6943@ifset PPC
6944* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6945@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6946@ifset RX
6947* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6948@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6949@ifset S390
6950* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6951@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6952@ifset SCORE
6953* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6954@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6955@ifset SPARC
6956* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6957@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6958@ifset TIC54X
6959* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6960@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6961@ifset TIC6X
6962* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6963@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6964@ifset V850
6965* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6966@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6967@ifset XTENSA
6968* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6969@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6970@ifset Z80
6971* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6972@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6973@ifset Z8000
6974* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6975@end ifset
6976@ifset VAX
6977* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6978@end ifset
6979@end menu
6980
6981@lowersections
6982@end ifset
6983
6984@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6985@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6986@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6987@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6988@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6989@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6990@c in both conditional blocks.
6991
625e1353
RH
6992@ifset ALPHA
6993@include c-alpha.texi
6994@end ifset
6995
6996@ifset ARC
6997@include c-arc.texi
6998@end ifset
6999
252b5132
RH
7000@ifset ARM
7001@include c-arm.texi
7002@end ifset
7003
8473f7a4
DC
7004@ifset AVR
7005@include c-avr.texi
7006@end ifset
7007
3b4e1885 7008@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7009@include c-bfin.texi
7010@end ifset
7011
3d3d428f
NC
7012@ifset CR16
7013@include c-cr16.texi
7014@end ifset
7015
328eb32e
HPN
7016@ifset CRIS
7017@include c-cris.texi
7018@end ifset
7019
c2dcd04e 7020@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7021@ifclear GENERIC
7022@node Machine Dependencies
7023@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7024
c2dcd04e 7025The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7026and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7027chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7028family.
7029
7030@menu
c2dcd04e 7031* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7032* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7033@end menu
7034@lowersections
7035@end ifclear
7036@end ifset
7037
7038@ifset D10V
7039@include c-d10v.texi
7040@end ifset
7041
7042@ifset D30V
7043@include c-d30v.texi
7044@end ifset
7045
7046@ifset H8/300
7047@include c-h8300.texi
7048@end ifset
7049
252b5132
RH
7050@ifset HPPA
7051@include c-hppa.texi
7052@end ifset
7053
5b93d8bb
AM
7054@ifset I370
7055@include c-i370.texi
7056@end ifset
7057
252b5132
RH
7058@ifset I80386
7059@include c-i386.texi
7060@end ifset
7061
e3308d0d
JE
7062@ifset I860
7063@include c-i860.texi
7064@end ifset
7065
252b5132
RH
7066@ifset I960
7067@include c-i960.texi
7068@end ifset
7069
9e32ca89
NC
7070@ifset IA64
7071@include c-ia64.texi
7072@end ifset
7073
a40cbfa3
NC
7074@ifset IP2K
7075@include c-ip2k.texi
7076@end ifset
7077
84e94c90
NC
7078@ifset LM32
7079@include c-lm32.texi
7080@end ifset
7081
49f58d10
JB
7082@ifset M32C
7083@include c-m32c.texi
7084@end ifset
7085
ec694b89
NC
7086@ifset M32R
7087@include c-m32r.texi
7088@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7089
7090@ifset M680X0
7091@include c-m68k.texi
7092@end ifset
7093
60bcf0fa
NC
7094@ifset M68HC11
7095@include c-m68hc11.texi
7096@end ifset
7097
01642c12 7098@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7099@include c-microblaze.texi
7100@end ifset
7101
252b5132
RH
7102@ifset MIPS
7103@include c-mips.texi
7104@end ifset
7105
3c3bdf30
NC
7106@ifset MMIX
7107@include c-mmix.texi
7108@end ifset
7109
2469cfa2
NC
7110@ifset MSP430
7111@include c-msp430.texi
7112@end ifset
7113
252b5132
RH
7114@ifset NS32K
7115@include c-ns32k.texi
7116@end ifset
7117
e135f41b
NC
7118@ifset PDP11
7119@include c-pdp11.texi
7120@end ifset
7121
041dd5a9
ILT
7122@ifset PJ
7123@include c-pj.texi
7124@end ifset
7125
418c1742
MG
7126@ifset PPC
7127@include c-ppc.texi
7128@end ifset
7129
046d31c2
NC
7130@ifset RX
7131@include c-rx.texi
7132@end ifset
7133
11c19e16
MS
7134@ifset S390
7135@include c-s390.texi
7136@end ifset
7137
c0157db4
NC
7138@ifset SCORE
7139@include c-score.texi
7140@end ifset
7141
252b5132
RH
7142@ifset SH
7143@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7144@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7145@end ifset
7146
7147@ifset SPARC
7148@include c-sparc.texi
7149@end ifset
7150
39bec121
TW
7151@ifset TIC54X
7152@include c-tic54x.texi
7153@end ifset
7154
40b36596
JM
7155@ifset TIC6X
7156@include c-tic6x.texi
7157@end ifset
7158
3c9b82ba
NC
7159@ifset Z80
7160@include c-z80.texi
7161@end ifset
7162
252b5132
RH
7163@ifset Z8000
7164@include c-z8k.texi
7165@end ifset
7166
7167@ifset VAX
7168@include c-vax.texi
7169@end ifset
7170
7171@ifset V850
7172@include c-v850.texi
7173@end ifset
7174
e0001a05
NC
7175@ifset XTENSA
7176@include c-xtensa.texi
7177@end ifset
7178
252b5132
RH
7179@ifset GENERIC
7180@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7181@raisesections
7182@end ifset
7183
7184@node Reporting Bugs
7185@chapter Reporting Bugs
7186@cindex bugs in assembler
7187@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7188
a4fb0134 7189Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7190
7191Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7192not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7193entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7194Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7195
7196In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7197information that enables us to fix the bug.
7198
7199@menu
7200* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7201* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7202@end menu
7203
7204@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7205@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7206@cindex bug criteria
7207
7208If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7209
7210@itemize @bullet
7211@cindex fatal signal
7212@cindex assembler crash
7213@cindex crash of assembler
7214@item
7215If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7216@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7217
7218@cindex error on valid input
7219@item
a4fb0134 7220If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7221
7222@cindex invalid input
7223@item
a4fb0134 7224If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7225is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7226be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7227
7228@item
7229If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7230of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7231@end itemize
7232
7233@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7234@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7235@cindex bug reports
7236@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7237
7238A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7239you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7240contact that organization first.
7241
7242You can find contact information for many support companies and
7243individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7244distribution.
7245
ad22bfe8 7246@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7247In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7248to @value{BUGURL}.
7249@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7250
7251The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7252@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7253fact or leave it out, state it!
7254
7255Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7256and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7257name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7258not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7259happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7260perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7261the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7262give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7263and the most helpful.
7264
7265Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7266it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7267that the bug has not been reported previously.
7268
7269Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7270bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7271respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7272You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7273
7274To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7275
7276@itemize @bullet
7277@item
a4fb0134 7278The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7279it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7280
7281Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7282the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7283
7284@item
a4fb0134 7285Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7286
7287@item
7288The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7289version number.
7290
7291@item
a4fb0134 7292What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7293``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7294
7295@item
7296The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7297observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7298all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7299
7300If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7301and then we might not encounter the bug.
7302
7303@item
7304A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7305the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7306high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7307when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7308the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7309file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7310@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7311
7312@item
7313A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7314incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7315
a4fb0134 7316Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7317will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7318notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7319make a mistake.
7320
7321Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7322explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7323@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7324library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7325would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7326would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7327expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7328observations.
7329
7330@item
a4fb0134 7331If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7332diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7333option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7334discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7335by line number.
7336
7337The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7338sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7339@end itemize
7340
7341Here are some things that are not necessary:
7342
7343@itemize @bullet
7344@item
7345A description of the envelope of the bug.
7346
7347Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7348which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7349changes will not affect it.
7350
7351This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7352will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7353with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7354We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7355
7356Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7357of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7358output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7359less time, and so on.
7360
7361However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7362report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7363
7364@item
7365A patch for the bug.
7366
7367A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7368the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7369a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7370to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7371
a4fb0134 7372Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7373construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7374the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7375one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7376
7377And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7378patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7379help us to understand.
7380
7381@item
7382A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7383
7384Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7385things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7386@end itemize
7387
7388@node Acknowledgements
7389@chapter Acknowledgements
7390
653cfe85 7391If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7392it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7393maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7394@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7395the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7396
7397Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7398more details?}
7399
7400Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7401information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7402extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7403
7404K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7405many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7406up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7407testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7408including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7409and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7410support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7411port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7412file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7413assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7414
7415Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7416in format-specific I/O modules.
7417
7418The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7419has done much work with it since.
7420
7421The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7422
7423Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7424
7425The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7426University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7427
7428Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7429(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7430(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7431support a.out format.
7432
7be1c489
AM
7433Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7434tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7435Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7436use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7437targets.
7438
7439John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7440simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7441updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7442fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7443remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7444cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7445required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7446
7447Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
744868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7449added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7450PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7451
653cfe85 7452Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7453
7454Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7455
7456Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7457along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7458formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7459the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7460
7461Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7462Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7463Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7464Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7465and some initial 64-bit support).
7466
c1253627 7467Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7468
252b5132
RH
7469Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7470support for openVMS/Alpha.
7471
39bec121
TW
7472Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7473flavors.
7474
e0001a05 7475David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7476Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7477
252b5132
RH
7478Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7479configuration enhancements.
7480
84e94c90
NC
7481Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7482
252b5132
RH
7483Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7484you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7485want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7486intentionally leaving anyone out.
7487
793c5807
NC
7488@node GNU Free Documentation License
7489@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7490@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7491
370b66a1
CD
7492@node AS Index
7493@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7494
7495@printindex cp
7496
252b5132
RH
7497@bye
7498@c Local Variables:
7499@c fill-column: 79
7500@c End:
This page took 0.989171 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.